WO2012002511A1 - Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements - Google Patents

Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012002511A1
WO2012002511A1 PCT/JP2011/065101 JP2011065101W WO2012002511A1 WO 2012002511 A1 WO2012002511 A1 WO 2012002511A1 JP 2011065101 W JP2011065101 W JP 2011065101W WO 2012002511 A1 WO2012002511 A1 WO 2012002511A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
aligning agent
crystal aligning
polymerizable compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/065101
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
亮一 芦澤
ダニエルアントニオ 櫻葉汀
欣也 松本
洋一 山之内
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to JP2012522704A priority Critical patent/JP5761532B2/en
Priority to CN201180041448.2A priority patent/CN103080152B/en
Priority to KR1020137001733A priority patent/KR101831006B1/en
Publication of WO2012002511A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012002511A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/58One oxygen atom, e.g. butenolide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F24/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133715Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films by first depositing a monomer

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display element that can be used in the manufacture of a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment method that is manufactured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with voltage applied to liquid crystal molecules It relates to a manufacturing method.
  • a liquid crystal display element of a method in which liquid crystal molecules aligned perpendicular to a substrate are responded by an electric field also referred to as a vertical alignment (VA) method
  • an ultraviolet ray is applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal molecules in the manufacturing process.
  • VA vertical alignment
  • a photopolymerizable compound is added to a liquid crystal composition in advance and used together with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide to irradiate ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to a liquid crystal cell.
  • a technique for increasing the response speed of liquid crystal for example, see Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 1 is known (PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display).
  • PSA Polymer Sustained Alignment
  • the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules tilt in response to an electric field is controlled by protrusions provided on the substrate or slits provided on the display electrode, but a liquid crystal composition is added with a photopolymerizable compound.
  • the solubility of the polymerizable compound added to the liquid crystal is low, and there is a problem that when the addition amount is increased, it precipitates at a low temperature.
  • the addition amount of the polymerizable compound is reduced, a good alignment state cannot be obtained.
  • the unreacted polymerizable compound remaining in the liquid crystal becomes an impurity (contamination) in the liquid crystal, there is a problem that the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is lowered.
  • the UV irradiation treatment necessary in the PSA mode is large, the components in the liquid crystal are decomposed and the reliability is lowered.
  • Non-Patent Document 2 the response speed of the liquid crystal display element is increased by adding the photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal alignment film instead of the liquid crystal composition (SC-PVA liquid crystal display) (for example, Non-Patent Document 2).
  • An object of the present invention is to solve the above-described problems of the prior art, and a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display capable of improving the response speed of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element.
  • the object is to provide a method for manufacturing an element.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention that solves the above problems comprises a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystals and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group.
  • a polyimide precursor having, at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, And a solvent.
  • the photoreactive side chain preferably contains a group selected from the following formula (I).
  • R 11 is H or a methyl group
  • the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is preferably selected from the following formula (II).
  • R 12 is H or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • Z 1 is a divalent alkyl group optionally having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • Z 2 is a monovalent aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is obtained by applying the above liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate and baking it.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is produced by applying a liquid crystal layer by contacting the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained above by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate and baking it, and irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer.
  • the liquid crystal cell is provided.
  • the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of this invention provides the liquid crystal layer by making it contact with the liquid crystal aligning film obtained by apply
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device having a high response speed. And in this liquid crystal aligning agent, even if it is a case where the addition amount of a polymeric compound is small, a response speed can fully be improved.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group, And at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinking group at two or more terminals, and a solvent It is.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent is a solution for forming a liquid crystal aligning film, and the liquid crystal aligning film is a film for aligning liquid crystals in a predetermined direction, in the present invention, in the vertical direction.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention contains the polymeric compound which has the group respectively photopolymerized or photocrosslinked in two or more terminal. That is, the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a compound having two or more terminals having groups that undergo photopolymerization or photocrosslinking.
  • the polymerizable compound having a photopolymerizable group is a compound having a functional group that causes polymerization upon irradiation with light.
  • the compound having a photocrosslinking group is at least one selected from a polymer of a polymerizable compound, a polyimide precursor, and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor by irradiating light. It is a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the polymer and crosslinking with these polymers.
  • a compound having a photocrosslinkable group also reacts with a compound having a photocrosslinkable group.
  • Such a polymerizable compound has a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal, which will be described in detail later, and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group.
  • a liquid crystal display of a vertical alignment system such as an SC-PVA liquid crystal display, which is contained in a liquid crystal aligning agent together with a polyimide precursor and at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor.
  • the response speed is dramatically improved. The response speed can be sufficiently improved even with a small addition amount of the polymerizable compound.
  • Examples of the group that undergoes photopolymerization or photocrosslinking include monovalent groups represented by the above formula (II).
  • the polymerizable compound examples include a compound having a photopolymerizable group at each of two ends represented by the following formula (III), and a photopolymerizable group represented by the following formula (IV).
  • examples thereof include a compound having a terminal having a terminal that has a photocrosslinkable group and a compound having a group that is photocrosslinked to each of two terminals represented by the following formula (V).
  • R 12, Z 1 and Z 2 are the same as R 12, Z 1 and Z 2 in the formula (II), Q 1 is a divalent organic group is there.
  • Q 1 has a ring structure such as a phenylene group (—C 6 H 4 —), a biphenylene group (—C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —), a cyclohexylene group (—C 6 H 10 —), and the like. Preferably it is. This is because the interaction with the liquid crystal tends to increase.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (III) include a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • V is a single bond or —R 1 O—
  • R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably —R 1 O—.
  • R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • W represents a single bond or —OR 2 —
  • R 2 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably represents —OR 2 — and R 2 represents a linear or A branched alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • V and W may be the same or different, but if they are the same, synthesis is easy.
  • about the polymeric compound represented by following formula (1) since it applied for separately, you may remove from this invention.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) is a compound having a specific structure having an ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone group which is a polymerizable group (photopolymerizable group) at both ends.
  • at least one kind selected from a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor The response speed can be particularly greatly improved by using the polymer for manufacturing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display using the liquid crystal alignment film as a material.
  • the process of forming the liquid crystal alignment film includes a step of baking at a high temperature to completely remove the solvent.
  • a polymerizable group such as an acrylate group, a methacrylate group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, or an epoxy group is added.
  • the compounds that are possessed have poor thermal stability and are difficult to withstand firing at high temperatures.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) can sufficiently withstand a high temperature, for example, a firing temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, because of its poor thermal polymerizability.
  • the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is a polymerizable compound having an acrylate group or a methacrylate group instead of an ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone group
  • the acrylate group or methacrylate group is a spacer such as an oxyalkylene group.
  • the response speed is greatly improved, as in the case of the polymerizable compound having an ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone group at both ends. be able to.
  • the polymerizable compound has a structure in which an acrylate group or a methacrylate group is bonded to a phenylene group via a spacer such as an oxyalkylene group, the stability to heat is improved, or a high temperature, for example, 200 ° C. or higher. Can sufficiently withstand the firing temperature.
  • a compound represented by the following formula is a novel compound.
  • the method for producing such a polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be produced according to the synthesis examples described later.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) can be synthesized by combining techniques in organic synthetic chemistry.
  • taraga and the like represented by the following reaction formula are prepared by the method proposed by P. Talaga, M. Schaeffer, C. Benezra and JLStampf, Synthesis, 530 (1990) using SnCl 2 and 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid. It can be synthesized by reacting (2- (bromomethyl) propenoic acid) with aldehyde or ketone.
  • Amberlyst 15 is a strongly acidic ion exchange resin manufactured by Rohm and Haas.
  • R ′ represents a monovalent organic group.
  • 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid is represented by the following reaction formula: K. Ramarajan, K. Kamalingam, DJO 'Donnell and KDBerlin, Organic Synthesis, vol.61, 56-59 (1983) It can be synthesized by the method proposed in.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor, and a side chain and a photoreactive side for vertically aligning liquid crystals.
  • a polymer having a chain examples include polyamic acid (also referred to as polyamic acid), polyamic acid ester, and the like.
  • the side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal of the polymer is not limited as long as the liquid crystal can be aligned vertically with respect to the substrate.
  • a long chain alkyl group or a middle of a long chain alkyl group may be used.
  • the side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal may be directly bonded to a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester or a main chain of polyimide, that is, a polyamic acid skeleton, a polyimide skeleton, or the like. You may couple
  • a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester or a main chain of polyimide, that is, a polyamic acid skeleton, a polyimide skeleton, or the like. You may couple
  • Examples of the side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal include a hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 22 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atoms may be substituted with fluorine, specifically, alkyl groups, fluoro Examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a phenethyl group, a styrylalkyl group, a naphthyl group, and a fluorophenylalkyl group.
  • Examples of the side chain for vertically aligning other liquid crystals include those represented by the following formula (a).
  • l, m and n each independently represents an integer of 0 or 1
  • R 3 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a phenylene group or a cycloalkylene group
  • R 7 is a hydrogen atom
  • 2 to 24 represents an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent heterocyclic ring, or a monovalent macrocyclic substituent comprising them.
  • R 3 in the above formula (a) is preferably —O—, —COO—, —CONH—, or an alkylene-ether group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 in the formula (a) are l, m, n, R 4 and R 5 shown in Table 1 below from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and ability to align liquid crystals vertically. And a combination of R 6 is preferred.
  • R 7 in the formula (a) is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 2 to 14 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
  • R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 12 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent Heterocycles and monovalent macrocyclic substituents composed of these are preferred, and alkyl groups having 12 to 20 carbon atoms or fluorine-containing alkyl groups are more preferred.
  • the amount of the side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal is not particularly limited as long as the liquid crystal alignment film can align the liquid crystal vertically.
  • the amount of side chains that vertically align the liquid crystal is possible within a range that does not impair the display characteristics of the element such as voltage holding ratio and accumulation of residual DC voltage. As few as possible is preferable.
  • the ability of a polymer having side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals to align liquid crystals vertically varies depending on the structure of the side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals, but in general, the side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals. As the amount increases, the ability to align the liquid crystal vertically increases, and as the amount decreases, it decreases. Moreover, when it has a cyclic structure, compared with what does not have a cyclic structure, there exists a tendency for the capability to orientate a liquid crystal vertically.
  • the polymer composed of at least one of polyimide precursors such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester and polyimide contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a photoreactive side chain.
  • the photoreactive side chain is a side chain having a functional group (hereinafter also referred to as a photoreactive group) that can react by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays (UV) to form a covalent bond.
  • a photoreactive group a side chain having a functional group (hereinafter also referred to as a photoreactive group) that can react by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays (UV) to form a covalent bond.
  • UV ultraviolet rays
  • a polymer comprising at least one of polyimide precursors and polyimides such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one selected from methacrylic group, acrylic group, vinyl group and cinnamoyl group.
  • the photoreactive side chain may be directly bonded to the polyimide precursor or the main chain of the polyimide, or may be bonded via an appropriate bonding group.
  • Examples of the photoreactive side chain include those represented by the following formula (b).
  • R 8 is a single bond or —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N Represents any one of (CH 3 ) —, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) CO—, and R 9 is a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • R 10 Represents a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, or a cinnamoyl group.
  • R 8 in the above formula (b) can be formed by an ordinary organic synthetic method, but from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —NHCO —, —NH— and —CH 2 O— are preferred.
  • divalent carbocycle or divalent heterocycle carbocycle or heterocycle for replacing any —CH 2 — in R 9 include the following structures, but are not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
  • R 10 is preferably a methacryl group, an acryl group or a vinyl group from the viewpoint of photoreactivity.
  • the above formula (b) is more preferably a structure containing a group selected from the above formula (I).
  • the amount of the photoreactive side chain is preferably within a range in which the response speed of the liquid crystal can be increased by reacting with ultraviolet irradiation to form a covalent bond. In order to further increase the response speed of the liquid crystal As many as possible are preferable as long as other characteristics are not affected.
  • the method for producing at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing the body is not particularly limited.
  • a liquid crystal is used.
  • Photoreactivity including a diamine having a vertically aligned side chain or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a vertically aligned liquid crystal or at least one selected from a methacrylic group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group Diamine or methacryl group, acrylic group, vinyl group and cinnamo having side chains of The tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride having photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the Le group it is sufficient to copolymerization.
  • Examples of the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal include a long chain alkyl group, a group having a ring structure or a branched structure in the middle of the long chain alkyl group, a hydrocarbon group such as a steroid group, and the hydrogen of these groups.
  • a diamine having a side chain with a group in which some or all of the atoms are replaced with fluorine atoms for example, a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (a) can be mentioned.
  • a diamine having a hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with fluorine or the following formulas (2), (3), (4), (5
  • the diamine represented by this can be mentioned, However, It is not limited to this.
  • a 10 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or —NH—.
  • a 11 represents a single bond or a phenylene group
  • a represents the same structure as a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal represented by the above formula (a)
  • a ′ is represented by the above formula (a). (This represents a divalent group having a structure in which one element such as hydrogen is removed from the same structure as the side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal.)
  • a 14 is an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom
  • a 15 is a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, or 1,4- A phenylene group
  • a 16 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where a bond marked with “*” is bonded to A 15 )
  • a 17 is an oxygen atom or —COO — * ( However, bond marked with "*” is (CH 2) binds to a 2.) is.
  • a 1 is 0, or an integer 1
  • a 2 is an integer from 2 to 10
  • a 3 is 0 or an integer of 1.
  • Binding positions of the two amino group (-NH 2) in equation (2) is not limited. Specifically, with respect to the linking group of the side chain, 2, 3 position, 2, 4 position, 2, 5 position, 2, 6 position, 3, 4 position on the benzene ring, 3, 4 position, 5 positions. Among these, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing a polyamic acid, positions 2, 4, 2, 5, or 3, 5 are preferable. Considering the ease in synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
  • a 1 is an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
  • a 2 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 —, or —CH 2 OCO—
  • 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
  • a 4 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 —
  • a 5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
  • a 6 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, or —NH—
  • a 7 represents fluorine group, cyano group, trifluoromethane group, nitro group, azo group, formyl group, acetyl group, acetoxy Group or hydroxyl group.
  • a 8 is an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer. .
  • a 9 is an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer. .
  • diamine represented by the formula (3) include diamines represented by the following formulas [A-25] to [A-30], but are not limited thereto.
  • a 12 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or —NH—
  • a 13 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
  • diamine represented by the formula (4) examples include diamines represented by the following formulas [A-31] to [A-32], but are not limited thereto.
  • the above-mentioned diamines can be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the properties such as liquid crystal orientation, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, and accumulated charge when the liquid crystal alignment film is used.
  • the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid, more preferably 10 to 40 mol% of the diamine component.
  • a diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal particularly preferably 15 to 30 mol%.
  • the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal is used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid, it is particularly excellent in terms of improving the response speed and fixing the alignment of the liquid crystal. .
  • Examples of the diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group include a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (b). Can do. More specifically, examples include diamines represented by the following general formula (6), but are not limited thereto.
  • the bonding position of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in Formula (6) is not limited. Specifically, with respect to the linking group of the side chain, 2, 3 position, 2, 4 position, 2, 5 position, 2, 6 position, 3, 4 position on the benzene ring, 3, 4 position, 5 positions. Among these, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing a polyamic acid, positions 2, 4, 2, 5, or 3, 5 are preferable. Considering the ease in synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
  • diamine having a photoreactive side chain including at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group include the following compounds, but are not limited thereto. It is not a thing.
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently a single bond or a linking group selected from —O—, —COO—, —NHCO—, —NH—, Y is unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom
  • the diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the methacryl group, acryl group, vinyl group and cinnamoyl group is liquid crystal alignment property, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, accumulation when used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used depending on characteristics such as electric charge, response speed of liquid crystal when a liquid crystal display element is used, and the like.
  • such a diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group is 10 to 70 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of polyamic acid. Is preferably used, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%, particularly preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
  • diamines other than the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and the diamine having a photoreactive group are used as a diamine component. be able to.
  • p-phenylenediamine 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-dimethyl- m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminophenol, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2, 4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 3,3′-dihydroxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dicarboxy-4,
  • the above-mentioned other diamines can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to properties such as liquid crystal orientation, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, and accumulated charge when the liquid crystal alignment film is used.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the diamine component in the synthesis of polyamic acid is not particularly limited. Specifically, pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 2, 3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3 ′, 4-biphenyltetra Carboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (3,4-dicarboxy) Phenyl) methan
  • a known synthesis method can be used.
  • the diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride are reacted in an organic solvent.
  • the reaction between the diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is advantageous in that it proceeds relatively easily in an organic solvent and no by-products are generated.
  • the organic solvent used in the above reaction is not particularly limited as long as the generated polyamic acid is soluble. Furthermore, even if it is an organic solvent in which a polyamic acid does not melt
  • organic solvent used in the reaction examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N-methylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2- Pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide , ⁇ -butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, e
  • the solution in which the diamine component is dispersed or dissolved in the organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is used as it is or in an organic solvent.
  • a method of adding by dispersing or dissolving in a solvent a method of adding a diamine component to a solution in which a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent, and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component.
  • the method of adding alternately etc. is mentioned, You may use any of these methods.
  • the diamine component or tetracarboxylic dianhydride component when they are composed of a plurality of types of compounds, they may be reacted in a premixed state, may be individually reacted sequentially, or may be further reacted individually.
  • the body may be mixed and reacted to form a high molecular weight body.
  • the temperature at the time of reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component can be selected arbitrarily, and is, for example, in the range of ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably ⁇ 5 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration.
  • the total amount of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the reaction solution.
  • the ratio of the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component to the total number of moles of the diamine component can be selected according to the molecular weight of the polyamic acid to be obtained. Similar to the normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0. If it shows a preferable range, it is 0.8 to 1.2.
  • the method for synthesizing the polyamic acid used in the present invention is not limited to the above-described method, and in the same manner as the general polyamic acid synthesis method, instead of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a tetracarboxylic acid having a corresponding structure is used.
  • the corresponding polyamic acid can also be obtained by reacting by a known method using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as acid or tetracarboxylic acid dihalide.
  • Examples of the method for imidizing the polyamic acid to obtain a polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution is heated as it is, and catalytic imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution.
  • the imidation ratio from polyamic acid to polyimide is not necessarily 100%.
  • the temperature at which the polyamic acid is thermally imidized in the solution is 100 ° C. to 400 ° C., preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C., and is preferably carried out while removing water generated by the imidization reaction from the outside of the system.
  • the catalytic imidation of polyamic acid can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to a polyamic acid solution and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C., preferably 0 to 180 ° C.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol of the amido acid group. Is double.
  • the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Among them, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction.
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
  • the imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
  • the polyamic acid ester is a reaction of a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with a diamine similar to the synthesis of the polyamic acid, a suitable condensing agent with a diamine similar to the synthesis of the tetracarboxylic acid diester and the polyamic acid, It can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base or the like. Alternatively, it can also be obtained by previously synthesizing a polyamic acid by the above method and esterifying the carboxylic acid in the amic acid using a polymer reaction. Specifically, for example, tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine in the presence of a base and an organic solvent at ⁇ 20 ° C.
  • a polyamic acid ester By reacting for ⁇ 4 hours, a polyamic acid ester can be synthesized.
  • the polyimide can also be obtained by heating the polyamic acid ester at a high temperature to promote dealcoholization and ring closure.
  • the reaction solution is poured into a poor solvent and precipitated.
  • the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer precipitated in a poor solvent and collected by filtration can be dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
  • the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
  • the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention includes a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group.
  • a polyimide precursor having, at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals,
  • the amount of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a solvent, but the content of the polymerizable compound having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals respectively aligns the liquid crystal vertically.
  • Polyimide precursor having a side chain and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group
  • it is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor. is there.
  • a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal contained in a liquid crystal aligning agent, and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group
  • the content of at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably. 3% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. And a polymer other than at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor.
  • the content of the other polymer in all the polymer components is preferably 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer of the liquid crystal aligning agent is determined by considering the strength of the liquid crystal aligning film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent, the workability at the time of forming the coating film, and the uniformity of the coating film, GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography).
  • the weight average molecular weight measured by the above method is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
  • the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited, and includes a side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal, and a photoreactive side chain that includes at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group.
  • combination of said polyamic acid can be mentioned.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide are from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • two or more kinds of mixed solvents may be used.
  • Solvents that improve the uniformity and smoothness of the coating include, for example, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol Thor, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tert
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent may contain components other than those described above. Examples thereof include compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal aligning agent is applied, and compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal aligning film and the substrate.
  • Examples of compounds that improve film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink), Florard FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M) Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the ratio of use thereof is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. 1 part by mass.
  • compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds.
  • a phenol compound such as 2,2′-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dihydroxymethylphenyl) propane or tetra (methoxymethyl) bisphenol may be added.
  • the amount is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent is added with a dielectric or conductive material for changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the liquid crystal aligning film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. May be.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group, And at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable group or a photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, and thus obtained liquid crystal
  • the response speed of the liquid crystal display element using the alignment film can be increased.
  • a cured film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention to a substrate and then drying and baking as necessary can be used as a liquid crystal aligning film as it is.
  • the cured film is rubbed, irradiated with polarized light or light of a specific wavelength, or treated with an ion beam, or a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display element after filling the liquid crystal as a PSA alignment film It is also possible to irradiate with UV. In particular, it is useful to use as an alignment film for PSA.
  • the substrate to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, glass plate, polycarbonate, poly (meth) acrylate, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, polyurethane, polysulfone, polyether, polyetherketone, Plastic substrates such as trimethylpentene, polyolefin, polyethylene terephthalate, (meth) acrylonitrile, triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, and acetate butyrate cellulose can be used.
  • a substrate on which an ITO electrode or the like for driving liquid crystal is formed from the viewpoint of simplifying the process.
  • an opaque material such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as the substrate is only on one side, and in this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum can be used.
  • the method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, and other printing methods, ink jet methods, spray methods, roll coating methods, dip, roll coaters, slit coaters, and spinners. From the standpoint of productivity, the transfer printing method is widely used industrially, and is preferably used in the present invention.
  • the coating film formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent by the above method can be baked to obtain a cured film.
  • the drying process after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not necessarily required, but if the time from application to baking is not constant for each substrate, or if baking is not performed immediately after application, the drying process is performed. It is preferable.
  • the drying is not particularly limited as long as the solvent is removed to such an extent that the shape of the coating film is not deformed by transporting the substrate or the like. For example, a method of drying on a hot plate at a temperature of 40 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 60 ° C. to 100 ° C., for 0.5 minutes to 30 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 5 minutes.
  • the firing temperature of the coating film formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not limited, and can be performed at any temperature of, for example, 100 to 350 ° C., preferably 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., more preferably 150 to 250 ° C. Firing can be performed at an arbitrary time of 5 minutes to 240 minutes. The time is preferably 10 minutes to 90 minutes, more preferably 20 minutes to 90 minutes. Heating can be performed by a generally known method such as a hot plate, a hot air circulating furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like.
  • the thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by firing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm.
  • the liquid crystal display element of this invention can produce a liquid crystal cell by a well-known method after forming a liquid crystal aligning film in a board
  • the liquid crystal display element include two substrates disposed so as to face each other, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and a liquid crystal aligning agent provided between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer.
  • a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal cell having the above-described liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is applied onto two substrates and baked to form a liquid crystal aligning film, and the two substrates are arranged so that the liquid crystal aligning films face each other.
  • a liquid crystal layer composed of liquid crystal is sandwiched between two substrates, that is, a liquid crystal layer is provided in contact with the liquid crystal alignment film, and ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer.
  • This is a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal cell to be manufactured.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used to irradiate ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer to polymerize the polymerizable compound, and the light possessed by the polymer.
  • a liquid crystal display device in which the alignment of the liquid crystal is more efficiently fixed and the response speed is remarkably improved by reacting the reactive side chains or the photoreactive side chain of the polymer with the polymerizable compound. It becomes.
  • the substrate used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, but is usually a substrate on which a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal is formed.
  • a substrate on which a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal As a specific example, the thing similar to the board
  • a substrate provided with a conventional electrode pattern or protrusion pattern may be used, but in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is used as the liquid crystal aligning agent for forming the liquid crystal aligning film. It is possible to operate even in a structure in which a line / slit electrode pattern of 1 to 10 ⁇ m, for example, is formed on one side substrate and a slit pattern or projection pattern is not formed on the opposite substrate. This process can be simplified and high transmittance can be obtained.
  • a high-performance element such as a TFT type element
  • an element in which an element such as a transistor is formed between an electrode for driving a liquid crystal and a substrate is used.
  • a substrate In the case of a transmissive liquid crystal display element, it is common to use a substrate as described above. However, in a reflective liquid crystal display element, if only one substrate is used, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer may be used. Is possible. At that time, a material such as aluminum that reflects light may be used for the electrode formed on the substrate.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on this substrate and baking it, and the details are as described above.
  • the liquid crystal material constituting the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a liquid crystal material used in a conventional vertical alignment method, for example, a negative type liquid crystal such as MLC-6608 or MLC-6609 manufactured by Merck Can be used.
  • a known method can be exemplified. For example, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and spacers such as beads are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate so that the surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is on the inside. Then, the other substrate is bonded, and liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal.
  • a liquid crystal cell can also be produced by a method in which the other substrate is bonded to the inside so as to be inside and sealed.
  • the thickness of the spacer at this time is preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the step of producing a liquid crystal cell by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer includes, for example, applying an electric field between the electrodes installed on the substrate to apply an electric field to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer. And applying ultraviolet rays while maintaining this electric field.
  • the voltage applied between the electrodes is, for example, 5 to 30 Vp-p, preferably 5 to 20 Vp-p.
  • the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays is, for example, 1 to 60 J, preferably 40 J or less, and the smaller the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays, the lowering of reliability caused by the destruction of the members constituting the liquid crystal display element can be suppressed, and the irradiation time of ultraviolet rays can be reduced. This is preferable because the manufacturing efficiency is improved.
  • the polymerizable compound when ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer, the polymerizable compound reacts to form a polymer, and the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules are tilted is memorized by this polymer.
  • the response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be increased.
  • a photoreaction including a side chain that vertically aligns liquid crystal when applied with voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer, and at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent is not only useful as a liquid crystal aligning agent for producing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as a PSA type liquid crystal display or an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display, but also by a rubbing process or a photo-alignment process. It can also be suitably used for applications of the liquid crystal alignment film to be produced.
  • the separated organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow solid.
  • the result of having measured the obtained white solid by NMR is shown below.
  • the obtained solid was dissolved in deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ) and measured at 300 MHz using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (manufactured by Diol). From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM2-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 92%.
  • the compound (RM4-B) (5.0 g, 14.0 mmol) obtained above was dissolved in 30 ml of THF together with 3.2 g of triethylamine and a small amount of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (BHT) at room temperature.
  • BHT 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol
  • dissolved 3.3 g (32 mmol) of methacryloyl chloride in 20 ml of THF was dripped over 15 minutes under cooling by a water bath. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and the water bath was removed and stirring was continued overnight while returning to room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 200 ml of pure water and filtered to obtain a white solid.
  • Polymerizable compound (RM5) A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM5).
  • the solvent of the obtained solution was distilled off to obtain 1.3 g of a colorless solid.
  • the result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a compound (RM6-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 50%.
  • the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 100 ml of 0.5N HCl, 100 ml of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and 150 ml of saturated brine successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure.
  • the solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid.
  • the solvent of the solution obtained here was distilled off to obtain 4.3 g of a polymerizable compound (RM7) represented by the following reaction formula.
  • reaction solution was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 3/4, and 100 ml of methylene chloride was added.
  • This solution was washed with 100 ml of saturated sodium carbonate solution, 100 ml of 0.5N hydrochloric acid and 100 ml of saturated brine in that order, and dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid.
  • reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 60 ml of pure water, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto for extraction. Extraction was performed three times. The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a light brown solid.
  • the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 100 ml of 0.5N HCl, 100 ml of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and 150 ml of saturated brine successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure.
  • the solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid.
  • This solid was purified by recrystallization (ethanol) to obtain 6.1 g of a polymerizable compound (RM19) represented by the following reaction formula.
  • the result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 51%.
  • Polymerizable compound (RM20) A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM20).
  • Polymerizable compound (RM21) A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM21).
  • Polymerizable compound (RM22) A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM22).
  • Polymerizable compound (RM23) A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM23).
  • m-PDA m-phenylenediamine
  • p-PDA p-phenylenediamine
  • PCH 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (4-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene
  • DA-1 2-represented by the following formula (Methacryloyloxy) ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate
  • DA-2 N 1 , N 1 -diallylbenzene-1,2,4-triamine represented by the following formula
  • DA-3 Cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate represented by the following formula
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • BCS Butyl cellosolve
  • the molecular weight measurement conditions of polyimide are as follows. Apparatus: Room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (SSC-7200) manufactured by Senshu Scientific Co., Ltd. Column: Column made by Shodex (KD-803, KD-805) Column temperature: 50 ° C Eluent: N, N′-dimethylformamide (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr ⁇ H 2 O) is 30 mmol / L, phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) is 30 mmol / L, Tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10ml / L) Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min.
  • GPC room temperature gel permeation chromatography
  • Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight of about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, 30,000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and polyethylene glycol (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Molecular weight about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000).
  • the imidation ratio of polyimide was measured as follows. Add 20 mg of polyimide powder to an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard ⁇ 5 by Kusano Kagaku Co., Ltd.), add 1.0 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 , 0.05% TMS mixture), and apply ultrasonic waves. To dissolve completely. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum.
  • the imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid appearing in the vicinity of 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It calculated
  • x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid
  • y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton
  • is the proton of the NH group of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%). This is the ratio of the number of reference protons to one.
  • Imidization rate (%) (1 ⁇ ⁇ x / y) ⁇ 100
  • Example 1 BODA (6.01 g, 24.0 mmol), p-PDA (2.60 g, 24.0 mmol), PCH (6.85 g, 18.0 mmol), DA-1 (4.76 g, 18.0 mmol) were added to NMP ( 81.5 g), and after reacting at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, CBDA (6.94 g, 35.4 mmol) and NMP (27.2 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. Obtained.
  • NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (A) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours.
  • BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (B) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
  • Example 2 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM2) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B2) was prepared.
  • Example 3 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM3) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B3) was prepared.
  • Example 4 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM4) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B4) was prepared.
  • Example 5 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM5) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B5) was prepared.
  • NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (C) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours.
  • BCS (20.0 g) was added to this solution, and the polyimide solution (D) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
  • Example 6 Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1) obtained in Example 1, a liquid crystal cell was prepared according to the procedure shown below.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1) obtained in Example 1 was spin-coated on the ITO surface of an ITO electrode substrate on which an ITO electrode pattern having a pixel size of 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 300 ⁇ m and a line / space of 5 ⁇ m was formed, After drying for 90 seconds on this hot plate, baking was performed in a hot air circulation oven at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • Liquid crystal MLC-6608 (trade name, manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected into the empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and was subjected to Isotropic treatment (realignment treatment of liquid crystal by heating) in an oven at 120 ° C. to produce a liquid crystal cell.
  • the response speed immediately after production of the obtained liquid crystal cell was measured by the following method. After that, with a voltage of 20 Vp-p applied to the liquid crystal cell, 20 J UV irradiation through a 313 nm band pass filter was applied from the outside of the liquid crystal cell. Thereafter, the response speed was measured again, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. Table 2 shows the results of the response speed immediately after the production of the liquid crystal cell (initial stage) and after UV irradiation with 20 J (after UV 20 J).
  • a liquid crystal cell was arranged between a pair of polarizing plates in a measuring device configured in the order of a backlight, a set of polarizing plates in a crossed Nicol state, and a light amount detector.
  • the ITO electrode pattern in which the line / space was formed was at an angle of 45 ° with respect to the crossed Nicols.
  • a rectangular wave with a voltage of ⁇ 4 V and a frequency of 1 kHz is applied to the liquid crystal cell, and the change until the luminance observed by the light quantity detector is saturated is captured by an oscilloscope, and the luminance when no voltage is applied is obtained.
  • a voltage of 0% and ⁇ 4 V was applied, the saturated luminance value was set to 100%, and the time taken for the luminance to change from 10% to 90% was defined as the response speed.
  • Example 7 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
  • Example 8 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 9 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 8 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
  • Example 10 The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B3) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent (B3) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Example 11 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 10 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
  • Example 12 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B4) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 13 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 12 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
  • Example 14 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B5) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 15 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 14 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
  • Example 2 Comparative Example 2 Except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
  • Comparative Example 3 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Comparative Example 2 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
  • Example 4 The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (D1) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Comparative Example 5 Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Comparative Example 4 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
  • Examples 6 to 15 are Comparative Examples 4 and 5 using a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound but not containing a polymer having a photoreactive side chain, a photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group and Compared with Comparative Examples 2 and 3 using a liquid crystal aligning agent B containing a polymer (polyimide) having a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystal but not adding a polymerizable compound, response speed before and after UV irradiation The improvement rate was significantly higher.
  • the response speed is higher than using each independently. It has been confirmed that the response speed can be improved drastically and the response speed can be sufficiently improved even with a small amount of the polymerizable compound added.
  • Examples 12 to 13 using a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound having a structure in which is bonded to a phenylene group through an oxyalkylene group the firing temperature is low (140 ° C.) or high (200 ° C.). (C) also dramatically improved the response speed.
  • the improvement rate of the response speed is 140 ° C. when baked at 200 ° C. It was lower than the case of firing with In Examples 6 to 7 using a polymerizable compound that differs from the polymerizable compound used in Examples 14 to 15 only in the polymerization group, the firing temperature dependency was hardly confirmed, and thus the methacryl group was bonded. It is presumed that the thermal stability of the polymerizable compound is improved when the carbon atom takes the sp 3 hybrid orbital, and the dependency of the response speed improvement rate on the firing temperature is reduced.
  • Example 16 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM6) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B6) was prepared.
  • Example 17 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM7) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B7) was prepared.
  • Example 18 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM8) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B8) was prepared.
  • Example 19 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM9) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B9) was prepared.
  • Example 20 0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM10) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B10) was prepared.
  • Example 21 0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM11) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B11) was prepared.
  • Example 22 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM12) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B12) was prepared.
  • Example 23 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM13) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B13) was prepared.
  • Example 24 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM14) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B14) was prepared.
  • Example 25 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM15) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B15) was prepared.
  • Example 26 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM16) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B16) was prepared.
  • Example 27 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM17) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B17) was prepared.
  • Example 28 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM18) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B18) was prepared.
  • Example 29 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM19) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B19) was prepared.
  • Example 30 0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM20) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B20) was prepared.
  • Example 31 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM21) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B21) was prepared.
  • Example 32 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM22) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B22) was prepared.
  • Example 33 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM23) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B23) was prepared.
  • Example 34 The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B6) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Example 35 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B7) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 36 The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B8) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Example 37 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B9) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 38 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B10) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 39 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B11) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 40 Except for using the liquid crystal aligning agent (B12) instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Example 41 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B13) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 42 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B14) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 43 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B15) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 44 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B16) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 45 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B17) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 46 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B18) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 47 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B19) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 48 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B20) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 49 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B21) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 50 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B22) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Example 51 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B23) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • TCA (3.36 g, 15.0 mmol), p-PDA (1.30 g, 12.0 mmol), DA-3 (3.14 g, 6.0 mmol), DA-1 (3.17 g, 12.0 mmol) were added.
  • CBDA (2.88 g, 14.7 mmol) and NMP (13.9 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to polyamic acid.
  • a solution was obtained.
  • NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (E) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours.
  • BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (F) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
  • RM2 0.06g (10 wt% with respect to solid content) was added with respect to 10.0g of said liquid crystal aligning agent (F), and it stirred and melt
  • Example 53 The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (F1) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
  • Example 54 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (F2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • BODA (5.00 g, 20.0 mmol), p-PDA (0.87 g, 8.0 mmol), PCH (3.04 g, 8.0 mmol), DA-2 (4.88 g, 24.0 mmol) were added to NMP ( 52.7 g), and after reacting at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, CBDA (3.77 g, 19.2 mmol) and NMP (17.56 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. Obtained.
  • NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (G) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours.
  • BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (G1) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
  • Example 56 The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (G2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
  • Table 3 shows the results of Examples 34 to 51, 53, 54, and 56.
  • Example 34 using a polymer (polyimide) having a photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group and the like and a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystal and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compounds and the polymers are different, but the improvement rate of the response speed before and after UV irradiation was remarkably high as in Examples 6 to 15.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)

Abstract

The liquid crystal-aligning agent comprises polyimide precursor with side chains that vertically orient liquid crystals and photoreactive side chains that contain at least one kind selected from methacrylic, acrylic, vinyl and cinnamoyl groups, as well as at least one kind of polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidization of said polyimide precursors, a polymerizable compound having photopolymerizing or photo-crosslinking groups on each of two or more ends, and solvent.

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、液晶表示素子及び液晶表示素子の製造方法Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
 本発明は、液晶分子に電圧を印加した状態で紫外線を照射することによって作製される垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子の製造に使用できる液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、液晶表示素子及び液晶表示素子の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display element that can be used in the manufacture of a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment method that is manufactured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with voltage applied to liquid crystal molecules It relates to a manufacturing method.
 基板に対して垂直に配向している液晶分子を電界によって応答させる方式(垂直配向(VA)方式ともいう)の液晶表示素子の中には、その製造過程において液晶分子に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射する工程を含むものがある。 In a liquid crystal display element of a method in which liquid crystal molecules aligned perpendicular to a substrate are responded by an electric field (also referred to as a vertical alignment (VA) method), an ultraviolet ray is applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal molecules in the manufacturing process. There is a thing including the process of irradiating.
 このような垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子では、あらかじめ液晶組成物中に光重合性化合物を添加し、ポリイミド等の垂直配向膜と共に用いて、液晶セルに電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することで、液晶の応答速度を速くする技術(例えば、特許文献1及び非特許文献1参照。)が知られている(PSA(Polymer sustained Alignment)型液晶ディスプレイ)。通常、電界に応答した液晶分子の傾く方向は、基板上に設けられた突起や表示用電極に設けられたスリットなどによって制御されているが、液晶組成物中に光重合性化合物を添加し液晶セルに電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することにより、液晶分子の傾いていた方向が記憶されたポリマー構造物が液晶配向膜上に形成されるので、突起やスリットのみで液晶分子の傾き方向を制御する方法と比べて、液晶表示素子の応答速度が速くなるといわれている。 In such a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element, a photopolymerizable compound is added to a liquid crystal composition in advance and used together with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide to irradiate ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to a liquid crystal cell. A technique for increasing the response speed of liquid crystal (for example, see Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 1) is known (PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display). Usually, the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules tilt in response to an electric field is controlled by protrusions provided on the substrate or slits provided on the display electrode, but a liquid crystal composition is added with a photopolymerizable compound. By irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the cell, a polymer structure in which the tilted direction of the liquid crystal molecules is memorized is formed on the liquid crystal alignment film. It is said that the response speed of the liquid crystal display element is faster than the control method.
 このPSA方式の液晶表示素子においては、液晶に添加する重合性化合物の溶解性が低く、添加量を増やすと低温時に析出するといった問題がある。他方で、重合性化合物の添加量を減らすと良好な配向状態が得られなくなる。また、液晶中に残留する未反応の重合性化合物は液晶中の不純物(コンタミ)となるため液晶表示素子の信頼性を低下させるといった問題もある。また、PSAモードで必要なUV照射処理はその照射量が多いと、液晶中の成分が分解し、信頼性の低下を引き起こす。 In this PSA type liquid crystal display element, the solubility of the polymerizable compound added to the liquid crystal is low, and there is a problem that when the addition amount is increased, it precipitates at a low temperature. On the other hand, when the addition amount of the polymerizable compound is reduced, a good alignment state cannot be obtained. Moreover, since the unreacted polymerizable compound remaining in the liquid crystal becomes an impurity (contamination) in the liquid crystal, there is a problem that the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is lowered. In addition, when the UV irradiation treatment necessary in the PSA mode is large, the components in the liquid crystal are decomposed and the reliability is lowered.
 ここで、光重合性化合物を液晶組成物中ではなく液晶配向膜中に添加することによっても、液晶表示素子の応答速度が速くなることが報告されている(SC-PVA型液晶ディスプレイ)(例えば、非特許文献2参照)。 Here, it has been reported that the response speed of the liquid crystal display element is increased by adding the photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal alignment film instead of the liquid crystal composition (SC-PVA liquid crystal display) (for example, Non-Patent Document 2).
特開2003-307720号公報JP 2003-307720 A
 しかしながら、液晶表示素子の応答速度をさらに速くすることが望まれている。なお、光重合性化合物の添加量を多くすることにより液晶表示素子の応答速度を速くすることが考えられるが、この光重合性化合物が液晶中に未反応のまま残留すると不純物となり、液晶表示素子の信頼性を低下させる原因となるため、少ない添加量で応答速度を速くすることができる重合性化合物が望ましい。 However, it is desired to further increase the response speed of the liquid crystal display element. Although it is conceivable to increase the response speed of the liquid crystal display element by increasing the amount of the photopolymerizable compound added, if this photopolymerizable compound remains unreacted in the liquid crystal, it becomes an impurity, and the liquid crystal display element Therefore, a polymerizable compound capable of increasing the response speed with a small addition amount is desirable.
 本発明の課題は、上述の従来技術の問題点を解決することにあり、垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子の応答速度を向上させることができる液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、液晶表示素子及び液晶表示素子の製造方法を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to solve the above-described problems of the prior art, and a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display capable of improving the response speed of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element. The object is to provide a method for manufacturing an element.
 上記課題を解決する本発明の液晶配向剤は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物と、溶媒とを有することを特徴とする。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention that solves the above problems comprises a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystals and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. A polyimide precursor having, at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, And a solvent.
 そして、前記光反応性の側鎖が、下記式(I)から選択される基を含むことが好ましい。 The photoreactive side chain preferably contains a group selected from the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(式中、R11は、Hまたはメチル基である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(Wherein R 11 is H or a methyl group)
 また、前記光重合または光架橋する基が、下記式(II)から選択されることが好ましい。 In addition, the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is preferably selected from the following formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(式中、R12はHまたは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Zは炭素数1~12のアルキル基または炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基によって置換されていてもよい二価の芳香環もしくは複素環であり、Zは炭素数1~12のアルキル基または炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基によって置換されていてもよい一価の芳香環もしくは複素環である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(Wherein R 12 is H or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Z 1 is a divalent alkyl group optionally having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 2 is a monovalent aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 本発明の液晶配向膜は、上記液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し、焼成して得られることを特徴とする。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is obtained by applying the above liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate and baking it.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、上記液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し焼成して得られた液晶配向膜に接触させて液晶層を設け、この液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して作製された液晶セルを具備することを特徴とする。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is produced by applying a liquid crystal layer by contacting the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained above by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate and baking it, and irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer. The liquid crystal cell is provided.
 そして、本発明の液晶表示素子の製造方法は、上記液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し焼成して得られた液晶配向膜に接触させて液晶層を設け、この液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して液晶セルを作製することを特徴とする。 And the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of this invention provides the liquid crystal layer by making it contact with the liquid crystal aligning film obtained by apply | coating the said liquid crystal aligning agent to a board | substrate, and baking, and applying ultraviolet-ray, applying a voltage to this liquid crystal layer. To produce a liquid crystal cell.
 本発明によれば、応答速度が速い垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子を提供することができる。そして、この液晶配向剤においては、重合性化合物の添加量が少ない場合であっても、応答速度を十分に向上させることができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device having a high response speed. And in this liquid crystal aligning agent, even if it is a case where the addition amount of a polymeric compound is small, a response speed can fully be improved.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物と、溶媒とを有するものである。液晶配向剤とは液晶配向膜を作成するための溶液であり、液晶配向膜とは液晶を所定の方向、本発明においては垂直方向に配向させるための膜である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group, And at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinking group at two or more terminals, and a solvent It is. The liquid crystal aligning agent is a solution for forming a liquid crystal aligning film, and the liquid crystal aligning film is a film for aligning liquid crystals in a predetermined direction, in the present invention, in the vertical direction.
 まず、本発明の液晶配向剤が含有する重合性化合物について詳述する。本発明の液晶配向剤は、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物を含有する。すなわち、本発明の液晶配向剤が含有する重合性化合物は、光重合または光架橋する基を有する末端を二つ以上持っている化合物である。ここで、光重合する基を有する重合性化合物とは、光を照射することにより重合を生じさせる官能基を有する化合物である。また、光架橋する基を有する化合物とは、光を照射することにより、重合性化合物の重合体や、ポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と反応してこれらと架橋することができる官能基を有する化合物である。なお、光架橋する基を有する化合物は、光架橋する基を有する化合物同士でも反応する。 First, the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention will be described in detail. The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention contains the polymeric compound which has the group respectively photopolymerized or photocrosslinked in two or more terminal. That is, the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a compound having two or more terminals having groups that undergo photopolymerization or photocrosslinking. Here, the polymerizable compound having a photopolymerizable group is a compound having a functional group that causes polymerization upon irradiation with light. The compound having a photocrosslinking group is at least one selected from a polymer of a polymerizable compound, a polyimide precursor, and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor by irradiating light. It is a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the polymer and crosslinking with these polymers. A compound having a photocrosslinkable group also reacts with a compound having a photocrosslinkable group.
 このような重合性化合物を、詳しくは後述する液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と共に、液晶配向剤に含有させて、SC-PVA型液晶ディスプレイ等の垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子の製造に用いることにより、この液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖及び光反応性の側鎖を有する重合体やこの重合性化合物を単独で用いた場合と比較して、応答速度を劇的に向上させることができ、少ない重合性化合物の添加量でも応答速度を十分に向上できる。 Such a polymerizable compound has a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal, which will be described in detail later, and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. A liquid crystal display of a vertical alignment system such as an SC-PVA liquid crystal display, which is contained in a liquid crystal aligning agent together with a polyimide precursor and at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor. Compared to the case where a polymer having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain or this polymerizable compound is used alone, the response speed is dramatically improved. The response speed can be sufficiently improved even with a small addition amount of the polymerizable compound.
 光重合または光架橋する基としては、上記式(II)で表される一価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the group that undergoes photopolymerization or photocrosslinking include monovalent groups represented by the above formula (II).
 重合性化合物の具体例としては、下記式(III)で表されるような2つの末端のそれぞれに光重合する基を有する化合物、下記式(IV)で表されるような光重合する基を有する末端と光架橋する基を有する末端を持つ化合物や、下記式(V)で表されるような2つの末端のそれぞれに光架橋する基を有する化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記式(III)~(V)において、R12、Z及びZは上記式(II)におけるR12、Z及びZと同じであり、Qは二価の有機基である。Qは、フェニレン基(-C-)、ビフェニレン基(-C-C-)やシクロヘキシレン基(-C10-)等の環構造を有していることが好ましい。液晶との相互作用が大きくなりやすいためである。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having a photopolymerizable group at each of two ends represented by the following formula (III), and a photopolymerizable group represented by the following formula (IV). Examples thereof include a compound having a terminal having a terminal that has a photocrosslinkable group and a compound having a group that is photocrosslinked to each of two terminals represented by the following formula (V). In Formula (III) ~ (V), R 12, Z 1 and Z 2 are the same as R 12, Z 1 and Z 2 in the formula (II), Q 1 is a divalent organic group is there. Q 1 has a ring structure such as a phenylene group (—C 6 H 4 —), a biphenylene group (—C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —), a cyclohexylene group (—C 6 H 10 —), and the like. Preferably it is. This is because the interaction with the liquid crystal tends to increase.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(III)で表される重合性化合物の具体例としては、下記式(1)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。下記式(1)において、Vは、単結合又は-RO-で表されRは直鎖もしくは分岐の炭素数1~10のアルキレン基であり、好ましくは、-RO-で表されRは直鎖もしくは分岐の炭素数2~6のアルキレン基である。また、Wは、単結合又は-OR-で表されRは直鎖もしくは分岐の炭素数1~10のアルキレン基であり、好ましくは、-OR-で表されRは直鎖もしくは分岐の炭素数2~6のアルキレン基である。なお、V及びWは同一の構造でも異なっていてもよいが、同一であると合成が容易である。なお、下記式(1)で表される重合性化合物については、別途出願しているため、本発明から除いてもよい。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (III) include a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (1). In the following formula (1), V is a single bond or —R 1 O—, and R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably —R 1 O—. R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. W represents a single bond or —OR 2 —, and R 2 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably represents —OR 2 — and R 2 represents a linear or A branched alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. V and W may be the same or different, but if they are the same, synthesis is easy. In addition, about the polymeric compound represented by following formula (1), since it applied for separately, you may remove from this invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 この上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、両末端に重合性基(光重合する基)であるα-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン基を有する特定の構造の化合物なので、重合体がリジッドな構造をとり液晶の配向固定化能力に優れているためか、後述する実施例に示すように、ポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体を液晶配向膜の材料として用いるSC-PVA型液晶ディスプレイ等の垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子の製造に用いることにより、応答速度を特に大幅に向上させることができる。また、一般的に液晶配向膜の形成過程には溶媒を完全に取り除くために高温で焼成する工程が含まれるが、アクリレート基、メタクリレート基、ビニル基、ビニロキシ基、エポキシ基などの重合性基を有する化合物では熱安定性に乏しく、高温での焼成に耐えることが難しい。一方、上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物は熱重合性に乏しい構造なためか、高温、例えば200℃以上の焼成温度に十分耐えることができる。 The polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) is a compound having a specific structure having an α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone group which is a polymerizable group (photopolymerizable group) at both ends. As shown in the examples to be described later, at least one kind selected from a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor The response speed can be particularly greatly improved by using the polymer for manufacturing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display using the liquid crystal alignment film as a material. In general, the process of forming the liquid crystal alignment film includes a step of baking at a high temperature to completely remove the solvent. However, a polymerizable group such as an acrylate group, a methacrylate group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, or an epoxy group is added. The compounds that are possessed have poor thermal stability and are difficult to withstand firing at high temperatures. On the other hand, the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) can sufficiently withstand a high temperature, for example, a firing temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, because of its poor thermal polymerizability.
 なお、光重合または光架橋する基として、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン基ではなく、アクリレート基やメタクリレート基を有する重合性化合物であっても、このアクリレート基やメタクリレート基がオキシアルキレン基等のスペーサーを介してフェニレン基と結合している構造を有する重合性化合物であれば、上記両末端にα-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物と同様に、応答速度を特に大幅に向上させることができる。また、アクリレート基やメタクリレート基がオキシアルキレン基等のスペーサーを介してフェニレン基と結合している構造を有する重合性化合物であれば、熱に対する安定性が向上するためか、高温、例えば200℃以上の焼成温度に十分耐えることができる。 It should be noted that even if the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is a polymerizable compound having an acrylate group or a methacrylate group instead of an α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone group, the acrylate group or methacrylate group is a spacer such as an oxyalkylene group. In the case of a polymerizable compound having a structure bonded to a phenylene group via an alkyl group, the response speed is greatly improved, as in the case of the polymerizable compound having an α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone group at both ends. be able to. In addition, if the polymerizable compound has a structure in which an acrylate group or a methacrylate group is bonded to a phenylene group via a spacer such as an oxyalkylene group, the stability to heat is improved, or a high temperature, for example, 200 ° C. or higher. Can sufficiently withstand the firing temperature.
 このような重合性化合物のうち、下記式で表される化合物は、新規化合物である。 Among such polymerizable compounds, a compound represented by the following formula is a novel compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 このような重合性化合物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば後述する合成例に従って製造することができる。例えば、上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、有機合成化学における手法を組み合わせることによって合成することができる。例えば、下記反応式で表されるタラガ等がP.Talaga,M.Schaeffer,C.Benezra and J.L.Stampf,Synthesis,530(1990)で提案する方法により、SnCl2を用いて2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸(2-(bromomethyl)propenoic acid)と、アルデヒドまたはケトンとを反応させて、合成することができる。なお、Amberlyst 15は、ロームアンドハース社製の強酸性イオン交換樹脂である。 The method for producing such a polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be produced according to the synthesis examples described later. For example, the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) can be synthesized by combining techniques in organic synthetic chemistry. For example, taraga and the like represented by the following reaction formula are prepared by the method proposed by P. Talaga, M. Schaeffer, C. Benezra and JLStampf, Synthesis, 530 (1990) using SnCl 2 and 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid. It can be synthesized by reacting (2- (bromomethyl) propenoic acid) with aldehyde or ketone. Amberlyst 15 is a strongly acidic ion exchange resin manufactured by Rohm and Haas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式中、R’は一価の有機基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(In the formula, R ′ represents a monovalent organic group.)
 また、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸は、下記反応式で表されるラマラーン等がK.Ramarajan,K.Kamalingam,D.J.O' Donnell and K.D.Berlin, Organic Synthesis,vol.61,56-59(1983)で提案する方法で合成することができる。 In addition, 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid is represented by the following reaction formula: K. Ramarajan, K. Kamalingam, DJO 'Donnell and KDBerlin, Organic Synthesis, vol.61, 56-59 (1983) It can be synthesized by the method proposed in.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 具体的な合成例としては、Vが-R1O-、Wが-OR2-でR1とR2が同一である上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物を合成する場合は、下記反応式で示される2つの方法が挙げられる。 As a specific synthesis example, when synthesizing a polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) in which V is —R 1 O—, W is —OR 2 —, and R 1 and R 2 are the same, There are two methods shown in the following reaction formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 また、R1とR2が異なる上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物を合成する場合は、下記反応式で示される方法が挙げられる。 Moreover, when synthesizing the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) in which R 1 and R 2 are different, a method represented by the following reaction formula is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 そして、V及びWが単結合である上記式(1)で表される重合性化合物を合成する場合は、下記反応式で示される方法が挙げられる。 And when synthesize | combining the polymeric compound represented by the said Formula (1) whose V and W are single bonds, the method shown by following Reaction Formula is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤は、ポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種であり、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と光反応性の側鎖とを有する重合体を含有する。なお、ポリイミド前駆体としては、ポリアミック酸(ポリアミド酸ともいわれる。)や、ポリアミック酸エステル等が挙げられる。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor, and a side chain and a photoreactive side for vertically aligning liquid crystals. A polymer having a chain. Examples of the polyimide precursor include polyamic acid (also referred to as polyamic acid), polyamic acid ester, and the like.
 この重合体が有する液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖は、液晶を基板に対して垂直に配向させることができる構造であれば限定されないが、例えば、長鎖のアルキル基、長鎖アルキル基の途中に環構造や枝分かれ構造を有する基、ステロイド基等の炭化水素基や、これらの基の水素原子の一部又は全部をフッ素原子に置き換えた基などが挙げられる。勿論、二種類以上の液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有していてもよい。液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖は、ポリアミック酸やポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドの主鎖、すなわち、ポリアミック酸骨格や、ポリイミド骨格等に直接結合していてもよく、また、適当な結合基を介して結合していてもよい。液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖としては、例えば、水素原子がフッ素で置換されていてもよい炭素数が8~30、好ましくは8~22の炭化水素基、具体的には、アルキル基、フルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、フェネチル基、スチリルアルキル基、ナフチル基、フルオロフェニルアルキル基等が挙げられる。その他の液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖として、例えば下記式(a)で表されるものが挙げられる。 The side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal of the polymer is not limited as long as the liquid crystal can be aligned vertically with respect to the substrate. For example, a long chain alkyl group or a middle of a long chain alkyl group may be used. And a group having a ring structure or a branched structure, a hydrocarbon group such as a steroid group, or a group in which some or all of the hydrogen atoms of these groups are replaced with fluorine atoms. Of course, you may have the side chain which orientates two or more types of liquid crystal vertically. The side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal may be directly bonded to a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester or a main chain of polyimide, that is, a polyamic acid skeleton, a polyimide skeleton, or the like. You may couple | bond together through a coupling group. Examples of the side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal include a hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 22 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atoms may be substituted with fluorine, specifically, alkyl groups, fluoro Examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a phenethyl group, a styrylalkyl group, a naphthyl group, and a fluorophenylalkyl group. Examples of the side chain for vertically aligning other liquid crystals include those represented by the following formula (a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式(a)中l、m及びnはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数を表し、Rは炭素数2~6のアルキレン基、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン-エーテル基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立にフェニレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表し、Rは水素原子、炭素数2~24のアルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基、一価の芳香環、一価の脂肪族環、一価の複素環、又はそれらからなる一価の大環状置換体を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(In the formula (a), l, m and n each independently represents an integer of 0 or 1, and R 3 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—. , -CONH-, or an alkylene-ether group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a phenylene group or a cycloalkylene group, R 7 is a hydrogen atom, 2 to 24 represents an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent heterocyclic ring, or a monovalent macrocyclic substituent comprising them.)
 なお、上記式(a)中のRは、合成の容易性の観点からは、-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、炭素数1~3のアルキレン-エーテル基が好ましい。 R 3 in the above formula (a) is preferably —O—, —COO—, —CONH—, or an alkylene-ether group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
 また、式(a)中のR、R及びRは、合成の容易性及び液晶を垂直に配向させる能力の観点から、下記表1に示すl、m、n、R、R及びRの組み合わせが好ましい。 R 4 , R 5 and R 6 in the formula (a) are l, m, n, R 4 and R 5 shown in Table 1 below from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and ability to align liquid crystals vertically. And a combination of R 6 is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
 そして、l、m、nの少なくとも一つが1である場合、式(a)中のRは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数2~14のアルキル基もしくはフッ素含有アルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数2~12のアルキル基もしくはフッ素含有アルキル基である。また、l、m、nがともに0である場合、Rは、好ましくは炭素数12~22のアルキル基またはフッ素含有アルキル基、一価の芳香環、一価の脂肪族環、一価の複素環、それらからなる一価の大環状置換体であり、より好ましくは炭素数12~20のアルキル基またはフッ素含有アルキル基である。 When at least one of l, m and n is 1, R 7 in the formula (a) is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 2 to 14 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkyl group. When l, m and n are all 0, R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 12 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent Heterocycles and monovalent macrocyclic substituents composed of these are preferred, and alkyl groups having 12 to 20 carbon atoms or fluorine-containing alkyl groups are more preferred.
 液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖の存在量は、液晶配向膜が液晶を垂直に配向させることができる範囲であれば特に限定されない。但し、前記液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子において、電圧保持率や残留DC電圧の蓄積など、素子の表示特性を損なわない範囲内で、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖の存在量は可能な限り少ない方が好ましい。 The amount of the side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal is not particularly limited as long as the liquid crystal alignment film can align the liquid crystal vertically. However, in the liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film, the amount of side chains that vertically align the liquid crystal is possible within a range that does not impair the display characteristics of the element such as voltage holding ratio and accumulation of residual DC voltage. As few as possible is preferable.
 なお、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有する重合体が液晶を垂直に配向させる能力は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖の構造によって異なるが、一般的に、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖の量が多くなると液晶を垂直に配向させる能力は上がり、少なくなると下がる。また、環状構造を有すると、環状構造を有さないものと比較して、液晶を垂直に配向させる能力が高い傾向がある。 The ability of a polymer having side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals to align liquid crystals vertically varies depending on the structure of the side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals, but in general, the side chains for vertically aligning liquid crystals. As the amount increases, the ability to align the liquid crystal vertically increases, and as the amount decreases, it decreases. Moreover, when it has a cyclic structure, compared with what does not have a cyclic structure, there exists a tendency for the capability to orientate a liquid crystal vertically.
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤が含有するポリアミック酸やポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドの少なくとも一種からなる重合体は、光反応性の側鎖を有する。光反応性の側鎖とは、紫外線(UV)等の光の照射によって反応し、共有結合を形成し得る官能基(以下、光反応性基とも言う)を有する側鎖であり、本発明においては、光反応性基としてメタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含むものである。このように、液晶配向剤に含有させるポリアミック酸やポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドの少なくとも一種からなる重合体を、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するものとし、上記重合性化合物と共に液晶配向剤に用いることにより、後述する実施例に示すように、応答速度を顕著に向上させることができる。 Further, the polymer composed of at least one of polyimide precursors such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester and polyimide contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a photoreactive side chain. The photoreactive side chain is a side chain having a functional group (hereinafter also referred to as a photoreactive group) that can react by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays (UV) to form a covalent bond. Includes at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group as a photoreactive group. Thus, a polymer comprising at least one of polyimide precursors and polyimides such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one selected from methacrylic group, acrylic group, vinyl group and cinnamoyl group. By including the photoreactive side chain in the liquid crystal aligning agent together with the polymerizable compound, the response speed can be remarkably improved as shown in the examples described later.
 光反応性の側鎖は、ポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドの主鎖に直接結合していてもよく、また、適当な結合基を介して結合していてもよい。光反応性の側鎖としては、例えば下記式(b)で表されるものが挙げられる。 The photoreactive side chain may be directly bonded to the polyimide precursor or the main chain of the polyimide, or may be bonded via an appropriate bonding group. Examples of the photoreactive side chain include those represented by the following formula (b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(式(b)中、Rは単結合又は-CH-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CHO-、-N(CH)-、-CON(CH)-、-N(CH)CO-、のいずれかを表し、Rは単結合、又は、非置換またはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、アルキレン基の-CH-は-CF-又は-CH=CH-で任意に置き換えられていてもよく、次に挙げるいずれかの基が互いに隣り合わない場合において、これらの基に置き換えられていてもよい;-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、二価の炭素環、二価の複素環。R10は、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基、シンナモイル基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(In the formula (b), R 8 is a single bond or —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N Represents any one of (CH 3 ) —, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) CO—, and R 9 is a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkylene group of ˜20, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be optionally replaced by —CF 2 — or —CH═CH—, and when any of the following groups is not adjacent to each other: , may be substituted with these groups; -O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - NHCO -, - CONH -, - NH-, a divalent carbocyclic, divalent heterocyclic .R 10 Represents a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, or a cinnamoyl group.
 なお、上記式(b)中のRは、通常の有機合成的手法で形成させることができるが、合成の容易性の観点から、-CH-、-O-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NH-、-CHO-が好ましい。 R 8 in the above formula (b) can be formed by an ordinary organic synthetic method, but from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —NHCO —, —NH— and —CH 2 O— are preferred.
 また、Rの任意の-CH-を置き換える二価の炭素環や二価の複素環の炭素環や複素環としては、具体的には以下のような構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the divalent carbocycle or divalent heterocycle carbocycle or heterocycle for replacing any —CH 2 — in R 9 include the following structures, but are not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 R10は、光反応性の観点から、メタクリル基、アクリル基またはビニル基であることが好ましい。 R 10 is preferably a methacryl group, an acryl group or a vinyl group from the viewpoint of photoreactivity.
 また、上記式(b)は、より好ましくは上記式(I)から選択される基を含む構造である。 The above formula (b) is more preferably a structure containing a group selected from the above formula (I).
 光反応性の側鎖の存在量は、紫外線の照射によって反応し共有結合を形成することにより液晶の応答速度を速めることができる範囲であることが好ましく、液晶の応答速度をより速めるためには、他の特性に影響が出ない範囲で、可能な限り多いほうが好ましい。 The amount of the photoreactive side chain is preferably within a range in which the response speed of the liquid crystal can be increased by reacting with ultraviolet irradiation to form a covalent bond. In order to further increase the response speed of the liquid crystal As many as possible are preferable as long as other characteristics are not affected.
 このような液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体を製造する方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、ジアミンとテトラカルボン酸二無水物との反応によってポリアミック酸を得る方法において、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミン又は液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物や、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するジアミン又はメタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物を共重合させればよい。 A polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning such a liquid crystal, and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group, and the polyimide precursor The method for producing at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing the body is not particularly limited. For example, in a method of obtaining a polyamic acid by a reaction between a diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a liquid crystal is used. Photoreactivity including a diamine having a vertically aligned side chain or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a vertically aligned liquid crystal or at least one selected from a methacrylic group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group Diamine or methacryl group, acrylic group, vinyl group and cinnamo having side chains of The tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride having photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the Le group it is sufficient to copolymerization.
 液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミンとしては、長鎖のアルキル基、長鎖アルキル基の途中に環構造や枝分かれ構造を有する基、ステロイド基等の炭化水素基や、これらの基の水素原子の一部又は全部をフッ素原子に置き換えた基を側鎖として有するジアミン、例えば上記式(a)で表される側鎖を有するジアミンを挙げることができる。より具体的には例えば、水素原子がフッ素で置換されていてもよい炭素数が8~30の炭化水素基等を有するジアミンや、下記式(2)、(3)、(4)、(5)で表されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal include a long chain alkyl group, a group having a ring structure or a branched structure in the middle of the long chain alkyl group, a hydrocarbon group such as a steroid group, and the hydrogen of these groups. A diamine having a side chain with a group in which some or all of the atoms are replaced with fluorine atoms, for example, a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (a) can be mentioned. More specifically, for example, a diamine having a hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with fluorine, or the following formulas (2), (3), (4), (5 The diamine represented by this can be mentioned, However, It is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

(式(2)中のl、m、n、R~Rの定義は、上記式(a)と同じである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

(The definitions of l, m, n and R 3 to R 7 in the formula (2) are the same as those in the above formula (a).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

(式(3)及び式(4)中、A10は-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH-、-O-、-CO-、又は-NH-を表し、A11は単結合若しくはフェニレン基を表し、aは上記式(a)で表される液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と同一の構造を表し、a’は上記式(a)で表される液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と同一の構造から水素等の元素が一つ取れた構造である二価の基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

(In Formula (3) and Formula (4), A 10 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or —NH—. , A 11 represents a single bond or a phenylene group, a represents the same structure as a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal represented by the above formula (a), and a ′ is represented by the above formula (a). (This represents a divalent group having a structure in which one element such as hydrogen is removed from the same structure as the side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

(式(5)中、A14は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい、炭素数3~20のアルキル基であり、A15は、1,4-シクロへキシレン基、又は1,4-フェニレン基であり、A16は、酸素原子、又は-COO-*(ただし、「*」を付した結合手がA15と結合する)であり、A17は酸素原子、又は-COO-*(ただし、「*」を付した結合手が(CH)aと結合する。)である。また、aは0、又は1の整数であり、aは2~10の整数であり、aは0、又は1の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

(In the formula (5), A 14 is an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and A 15 is a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, or 1,4- A phenylene group, A 16 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where a bond marked with “*” is bonded to A 15 ), and A 17 is an oxygen atom or —COO — * ( However, bond marked with "*" is (CH 2) binds to a 2.) is. in addition, a 1 is 0, or an integer 1, a 2 is an integer from 2 to 10, a 3 is 0 or an integer of 1.
 式(2)における二つのアミノ基(-NH)の結合位置は限定されない。具体的には、側鎖の結合基に対して、ベンゼン環上の2,3の位置、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、2,6の位置、3,4の位置、3,5の位置が挙げられる。なかでも、ポリアミック酸を合成する際の反応性の観点から、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、又は3,5の位置が好ましい。ジアミンを合成する際の容易性も加味すると、2,4の位置、又は3,5の位置がより好ましい。 Binding positions of the two amino group (-NH 2) in equation (2) is not limited. Specifically, with respect to the linking group of the side chain, 2, 3 position, 2, 4 position, 2, 5 position, 2, 6 position, 3, 4 position on the benzene ring, 3, 4 position, 5 positions. Among these, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing a polyamic acid, positions 2, 4, 2, 5, or 3, 5 are preferable. Considering the ease in synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
 式(2)の具体的な構造としては、下記の式[A-1]~式[A-24]で示されるジアミンを例示することができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the structure of the formula (2) include diamines represented by the following formulas [A-1] to [A-24], but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

(式[A-1]~式[A-5]中、Aは、炭素数2~24のアルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

(In the formulas [A-1] to [A-5], A 1 is an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

(式[A-6]及び式[A-7]中、Aは、-O-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COOCH-、又は-CHOCO-を示し、Aは炭素数1~22のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

(In Formula [A-6] and Formula [A-7], A 2 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 —, or —CH 2 OCO—, and 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

(式[A-8]~式[A-10]中、Aは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、又は-CH-を示し、Aは炭素数1~22のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

(In the formulas [A-8] to [A-10], A 4 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 —, and A 5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

(式[A-11]及び式[A-12]中、Aは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CH-、-O-、又は-NH-を示し、Aはフッ素基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメタン基、ニトロ基、アゾ基、ホルミル基、アセチル基、アセトキシ基、又は水酸基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

(In Formula [A-11] and Formula [A-12], A 6 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, or —NH—, and A 7 represents fluorine group, cyano group, trifluoromethane group, nitro group, azo group, formyl group, acetyl group, acetoxy Group or hydroxyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

(式[A-13]及び式[A-14]中、Aは、炭素数3~12のアルキル基であり、1,4-シクロヘキシレンのシス-トランス異性は、それぞれトランス異性体である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

(In Formula [A-13] and Formula [A-14], A 8 is an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer. .)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

(式[A-15]及び式[A-16]中、Aは、炭素数3~12のアルキル基であり、1,4-シクロヘキシレンのシス-トランス異性は、それぞれトランス異性体である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

(In the formulas [A-15] and [A-16], A 9 is an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer. .)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(3)で表されるジアミンの具体例としては、下記の式[A-25]~式[A-30]で示されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限るものではない。 Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (3) include diamines represented by the following formulas [A-25] to [A-30], but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

(式[A-25]~式[A-30]中、A12は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH-、-O-、-CO-、又は-NH-を示し、A13は炭素数1~22のアルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

(In the formulas [A-25] to [A-30], A 12 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or —NH—, and A 13 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
 式(4)で表されるジアミンの具体例としては、下記の式[A-31]~式[A-32]で示されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限るものではない。 Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (4) include diamines represented by the following formulas [A-31] to [A-32], but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 この中でも、液晶を垂直に配向させる能力、液晶の応答速度の観点から、[A-1]、[A-2]、[A-3]、[A-4]、[A-5]、[A-25]、[A-26]、[A-27]、[A-28]、[A-29]、[A-30]のジアミンが好ましい。 Among these, [A-1], [A-2], [A-3], [A-4], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5], [A-5] The diamines of A-25], [A-26], [A-27], [A-28], [A-29], and [A-30] are preferred.
 上記のジアミンは、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、プレチルト角、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類または2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The above-mentioned diamines can be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the properties such as liquid crystal orientation, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, and accumulated charge when the liquid crystal alignment film is used.
 このような液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミンは、ポリアミック酸の合成に用いるジアミン成分の5~50モル%となる量を用いることが好ましく、より好ましくはジアミン成分の10~40モル%が液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミンであり、特に好ましくは15~30モル%である。このように液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミンを、ポリアミック酸の合成に用いるジアミン成分の5~50モル%量用いると、応答速度の向上や液晶の配向固定化能力の点で特に優れる。 The diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid, more preferably 10 to 40 mol% of the diamine component. Is a diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal, particularly preferably 15 to 30 mol%. When the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal is used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid, it is particularly excellent in terms of improving the response speed and fixing the alignment of the liquid crystal. .
 メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するジアミンとしては、例えば、上記式(b)で表される側鎖を有するジアミンを挙げることができる。より具体的には例えば下記の一般式(6)で表されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group include a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (b). Can do. More specifically, examples include diamines represented by the following general formula (6), but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

(式(6)中のR、R及びR10の定義は、上記式(b)と同じである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

(The definitions of R 8 , R 9 and R 10 in Formula (6) are the same as those in Formula (b) above.)
 式(6)における二つのアミノ基(-NH)の結合位置は限定されない。具体的には、側鎖の結合基に対して、ベンゼン環上の2,3の位置、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、2,6の位置、3,4の位置、3,5の位置が挙げられる。なかでも、ポリアミック酸を合成する際の反応性の観点から、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、又は3,5の位置が好ましい。ジアミンを合成する際の容易性も加味すると、2,4の位置、又は3,5の位置がより好ましい。 The bonding position of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in Formula (6) is not limited. Specifically, with respect to the linking group of the side chain, 2, 3 position, 2, 4 position, 2, 5 position, 2, 6 position, 3, 4 position on the benzene ring, 3, 4 position, 5 positions. Among these, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing a polyamic acid, positions 2, 4, 2, 5, or 3, 5 are preferable. Considering the ease in synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
 メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するジアミンとしては、具体的には以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the diamine having a photoreactive side chain including at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group include the following compounds, but are not limited thereto. It is not a thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に単結合、又は、-O-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NH-より選ばれる結合基、Yは非置換またはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(Wherein X 1 and X 2 are each independently a single bond or a linking group selected from —O—, —COO—, —NHCO—, —NH—, Y is unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom) Represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.)
 上記メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するジアミンは、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、プレチルト角、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性、液晶表示素子とした際の液晶の応答速度などに応じて、1種類または2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the methacryl group, acryl group, vinyl group and cinnamoyl group is liquid crystal alignment property, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, accumulation when used as a liquid crystal alignment film. One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used depending on characteristics such as electric charge, response speed of liquid crystal when a liquid crystal display element is used, and the like.
 また、このようなメタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖を有するジアミンは、ポリアミック酸の合成に用いるジアミン成分の10~70モル%となる量を用いることが好ましく、より好ましくは20~60モル%、特に好ましくは30~50モル%である。 Further, such a diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group is 10 to 70 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of polyamic acid. Is preferably used, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%, particularly preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
 なお、ポリアミック酸は、本発明の効果を損わない限りにおいて、上記液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有するジアミンや、光反応性基を有するジアミン以外の、その他のジアミンをジアミン成分として併用することができる。具体的には、例えば、p-フェニレンジアミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジアミノトルエン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、2,5-ジアミノフェノール、2,4-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、2,4-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、4,6-ジアミノレゾルシノール、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジカルボキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジフルオロ-4,4’-ビフェニル、3,3’-トリフルオロメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-スルホニルジアニリン、3,3’-スルホニルジアニリン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、4,4’-チオジアニリン、3,3’-チオジアニリン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、N-メチル(4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,2’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,4-ジアミノナフタレン、2,2’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,6-ジアミノナフタレン、1,7-ジアミノナフタレン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、2,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,6ジアミノナフタレン、2,7-ジアミノナフタレン、2,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ブタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-アミノフェニル)メタン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、4,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、1,4-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,4-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)プロパン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、2,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,5-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,7-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,8-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,9-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,10-(3-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,11-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,11-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,12-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,12-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカンなどの芳香族ジアミン、ビス(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルシクロヘキシル)メタンなどの脂環式ジアミン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノへキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,11-ジアミノウンデカン、1,12-ジアミノドデカンなどの脂肪族ジアミンが挙げられる。 In addition, as long as the polyamic acid does not impair the effect of the present invention, other diamines other than the diamine having a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and the diamine having a photoreactive group are used as a diamine component. be able to. Specifically, for example, p-phenylenediamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-dimethyl- m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminophenol, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2, 4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 3,3′-dihydroxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dicarboxy-4,4′- Aminobiphenyl, 3,3′-difluoro-4,4′-biphenyl, 3,3′-trifluoromethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2, 3'-diaminodiphenyl methane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4 ' -Sulphonyldianiline, 3,3'-sulfonyl Aniline, bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, bis (3-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (3-aminophenyl) silane, 4,4′-thiodianiline, 3 , 3'-thiodianiline, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, N-methyl ( 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (2,2'-diaminodiphenyl) Amine, N-methyl (2,3'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, 4,4'-diamino Benzophenone, 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2′-diaminobenzophenone, 2,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1, 6-diaminonaphthalene, 1,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6 diaminonaphthalene, 2,7-diaminonaphthalene, 2,8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,2- Bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,2-bis (3-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenyl) propane, 1, 4-bis (4-aminophenyl) butane, 1,4-bis (3-aminophenyl) butane, bis (3 5-diethyl-4-aminophenyl) methane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminobenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4 ′-[1,4-phenylene Bis (methylene)] dianiline, 4,4 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1 , 3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dia Phosphorus, 1,4-phenylenebis [(4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [(4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis (4-aminobenzoate), 1,4-phenylenebis (3-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis (4 -Aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis (3-aminobenzoate), bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis (3-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis (4-aminophenyl) isophthalate, bis (3- Aminophenyl) isophthalate, N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bis (4-aminobenzamide) ), N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bis (4-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bis (3-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1, 3-phenylene) bis (3-aminobenzamide), N, N′-bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis (3-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis (4 -Aminophenyl) isophthalamide, N, N'-bis (3-aminophenyl) isophthalamide, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2, '-Bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis (3-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2 2,2'-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2'-bis (3-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2'-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) propane, 3,5-diamino Benzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,4-bis (3-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,5-bis (3-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1, -Bis (4-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,6-bis (3-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,7- (3-aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,8-bis (4-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,8-bis (3-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,9-bis (4-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,9-bis (3-aminophenoxy) Nonane, 1,10- (4-aminophenoxy) decane, 1,10- (3-aminophenoxy) decane, 1,11- (4-aminophenoxy) undecane, 1,11- (3-aminophenoxy) undecane, Aromatic diamines such as 1,12- (4-aminophenoxy) dodecane and 1,12- (3-aminophenoxy) dodecane, bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) To alicyclic diamines such as methane and bis (4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl) methane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, and 1,6-diamino And aliphatic diamines such as xanthone, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,11-diaminoundecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, etc. .
 上記その他のジアミンは、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、プレチルト角、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類または2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The above-mentioned other diamines can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to properties such as liquid crystal orientation, pretilt angle, voltage holding property, and accumulated charge when the liquid crystal alignment film is used.
 ポリアミック酸の合成で上記のジアミン成分と反応させるテトラカルボン酸二無水物は特に限定されない。具体的には、ピロメリット酸、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、2,3,6,7-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、2,3,3’,4-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジメチルシラン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジフェニルシラン、2,3,4,5-ピリジンテトラカルボン酸、2,6-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ピリジン、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸、1,3-ジフェニル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、オキシジフタルテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロヘプタンテトラカルボン酸、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1-シクロへキシルコハク酸、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸、ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン-2,4,7,9-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,4,0]デカン-2,4,7,9-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,4,0]デカン-2,4,8,10-テトラカルボン酸、トリシクロ[6.3.0.0<2,6>]ウンデカン-3,5,9,11-テトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドリナフタレン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフリル)-3-メチル-3-シクロへキサン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、テトラシクロ[6,2,1,1,0,2,7]ドデカ-4,5,9,10-テトラカルボン酸、3,5,6-トリカルボキシノルボルナン-2:3,5:6ジカルボン酸、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸等が挙げられる。勿論、テトラカルボン酸二無水物も、液晶配向膜にした際の液晶配向性、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類または2種類以上併用してもよい。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the diamine component in the synthesis of polyamic acid is not particularly limited. Specifically, pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 2, 3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3 ′, 4-biphenyltetra Carboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (3,4-dicarboxy) Phenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphene) Propane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) diphenylsilane, 2,3,4,5-pyridinetetracarboxylic acid, 2,6-bis (3 , 4-dicarboxyphenyl) pyridine, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic acid, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-diphenyl-1,2,3 4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, oxydiphthaltetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane Tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4 Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cycloheptanetetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic acid 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexylsuccinic acid, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic acid, bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo [4,3,0] nonane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo [4,4,0 ] Decane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo [4,4,0] decane-2,4,8,10-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo [6.3.0.0 <2,6 >] Ndecane-3,5,9,11-tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, 4- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -1,2,3,4 -Tetrahydraphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, bicyclo [2,2,2] oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, tetracyclo [6,2,1,1,0,2,7] dodeca-4,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid, 3, Examples include 5,6-tricarboxynorbornane-2: 3,5: 6 dicarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid and the like. Of course, tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the liquid crystal alignment properties, voltage holding characteristics, accumulated charge, and the like when the liquid crystal alignment film is formed.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物との反応により、ポリアミック酸を得るにあたっては、公知の合成手法を用いることができる。一般的には、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物とを有機溶媒中で反応させる方法である。ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物との反応は、有機溶媒中で比較的容易に進行し、かつ副生成物が発生しない点で有利である。 In obtaining a polyamic acid by a reaction between a diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a known synthesis method can be used. In general, the diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride are reacted in an organic solvent. The reaction between the diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is advantageous in that it proceeds relatively easily in an organic solvent and no by-products are generated.
 上記反応に用いる有機溶媒としては、生成したポリアミック酸が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。さらに、ポリアミック酸が溶解しない有機溶媒であっても、生成したポリアミック酸が析出しない範囲で、上記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。なお、有機溶媒中の水分は重合反応を阻害し、さらには生成したポリアミック酸を加水分解させる原因となるので、有機溶媒は脱水乾燥させたものを用いることが好ましい。反応に用いる有機溶媒としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジエチルホルムアミド、N-メチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、N-メチルカプロラクタム、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、ジペンテン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルセルソルブ、エチルセルソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール等が挙げられる。これらの有機溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。 The organic solvent used in the above reaction is not particularly limited as long as the generated polyamic acid is soluble. Furthermore, even if it is an organic solvent in which a polyamic acid does not melt | dissolve, you may mix and use the said solvent in the range which the produced | generated polyamic acid does not precipitate. In addition, since the water | moisture content in an organic solvent inhibits a polymerization reaction and also causes the produced polyamic acid to hydrolyze, it is preferable to use what dehydrated and dried the organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N-methylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2- Pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide , Γ-butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl Rosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether , Propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, di Propylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3 -Methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl Ether, dioxane, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, Ethyl ether, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethyl ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl Examples include -2-pentanone and 2-ethyl-1-hexanol. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分とを有機溶媒中で反応させる際には、ジアミン成分を有機溶媒に分散あるいは溶解させた溶液を攪拌し、テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分をそのまま、または有機溶媒に分散あるいは溶解させて添加する方法、逆にテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分を有機溶媒に分散あるいは溶解させた溶液にジアミン成分を添加する方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分とジアミン成分とを交互に添加する方法などが挙げられ、これらのいずれの方法を用いてもよい。また、ジアミン成分又はテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分が複数種の化合物からなる場合は、あらかじめ混合した状態で反応させてもよく、個別に順次反応させてもよく、さらに個別に反応させた低分子量体を混合反応させ高分子量体としてもよい。 When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component are reacted in an organic solvent, the solution in which the diamine component is dispersed or dissolved in the organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is used as it is or in an organic solvent. A method of adding by dispersing or dissolving in a solvent, a method of adding a diamine component to a solution in which a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent, and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component. The method of adding alternately etc. is mentioned, You may use any of these methods. In addition, when the diamine component or tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is composed of a plurality of types of compounds, they may be reacted in a premixed state, may be individually reacted sequentially, or may be further reacted individually. The body may be mixed and reacted to form a high molecular weight body.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分とを反応させる際の温度は、任意の温度を選択することができ、例えば-20℃~150℃、好ましくは-5℃~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができ、例えば反応液に対してジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分との合計量が1~50質量%、好ましくは5~30質量%である。 The temperature at the time of reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component can be selected arbitrarily, and is, for example, in the range of −20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably −5 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration. For example, the total amount of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the reaction solution.
 上記の重合反応における、ジアミン成分の合計モル数に対するテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分の合計モル数の比率は、得ようとするポリアミック酸の分子量に応じて任意の値を選択することができる。通常の重縮合反応と同様に、このモル比が1.0に近いほど生成するポリアミック酸の分子量は大きくなる。あえて好ましい範囲を示すならば0.8~1.2である。 In the above polymerization reaction, the ratio of the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component to the total number of moles of the diamine component can be selected according to the molecular weight of the polyamic acid to be obtained. Similar to the normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0. If it shows a preferable range, it is 0.8 to 1.2.
 本発明に用いられるポリアミック酸を合成する方法は上記の手法に限定されず、一般的なポリアミック酸の合成方法と同様に、上記のテトラカルボン酸二無水物に代えて、対応する構造のテトラカルボン酸又はテトラカルボン酸ジハライドなどのテトラカルボン酸誘導体を用い、公知の方法で反応させることでも対応するポリアミック酸を得ることができる。 The method for synthesizing the polyamic acid used in the present invention is not limited to the above-described method, and in the same manner as the general polyamic acid synthesis method, instead of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a tetracarboxylic acid having a corresponding structure is used. The corresponding polyamic acid can also be obtained by reacting by a known method using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as acid or tetracarboxylic acid dihalide.
 上記したポリアミック酸をイミド化させてポリイミドとする方法としては、ポリアミック酸の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化、ポリアミック酸の溶液に触媒を添加する触媒イミド化が挙げられる。なお、ポリアミック酸からポリイミドへのイミド化率は、必ずしも100%である必要はない。 Examples of the method for imidizing the polyamic acid to obtain a polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution is heated as it is, and catalytic imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution. The imidation ratio from polyamic acid to polyimide is not necessarily 100%.
 ポリアミック酸を溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100℃~400℃、好ましくは120℃~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行うことが好ましい。 The temperature at which the polyamic acid is thermally imidized in the solution is 100 ° C. to 400 ° C., preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C., and is preferably carried out while removing water generated by the imidization reaction from the outside of the system.
 ポリアミック酸の触媒イミド化は、ポリアミック酸の溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20~250℃、好ましくは0~180℃で攪拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はアミド酸基の0.5~30モル倍、好ましくは2~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量はアミド酸基の1~50モル倍、好ましくは3~30モル倍である。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミンなどを挙げることができ、中でもピリジンは反応を進行させるのに適度な塩基性を持つので好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸などを挙げることができ、中でも無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。触媒イミド化によるイミド化率は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することにより制御することができる。 The catalytic imidation of polyamic acid can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to a polyamic acid solution and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C., preferably 0 to 180 ° C. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol of the amido acid group. Is double. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Among them, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated. The imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
 また、ポリアミック酸エステルは、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドと、上記ポリアミック酸の合成と同様のジアミンとの反応や、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルと上記ポリアミック酸の合成と同様のジアミンとを適当な縮合剤や、塩基の存在下等にて反応させることにより、製造することができる。または、上記の方法で予めポリアミック酸を合成し、高分子反応を利用してアミック酸中のカルボン酸をエステル化することでも得ることができる。具体的には、例えば、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドとジアミンとを塩基と有機溶剤の存在下で-20℃~150℃、好ましくは0℃~50℃において、30分~24時間、好ましくは1時間~4時間反応させることによって、ポリアミック酸エステルを合成することができる。そして、ポリアミック酸エステルを高温で加熱し、脱アルコールを促し閉環させることによっても、ポリイミドを得ることができる。 The polyamic acid ester is a reaction of a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with a diamine similar to the synthesis of the polyamic acid, a suitable condensing agent with a diamine similar to the synthesis of the tetracarboxylic acid diester and the polyamic acid, It can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base or the like. Alternatively, it can also be obtained by previously synthesizing a polyamic acid by the above method and esterifying the carboxylic acid in the amic acid using a polymer reaction. Specifically, for example, tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine in the presence of a base and an organic solvent at −20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour. By reacting for ˜4 hours, a polyamic acid ester can be synthesized. The polyimide can also be obtained by heating the polyamic acid ester at a high temperature to promote dealcoholization and ring closure.
 ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドの反応溶液から、生成したポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドを回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としてはメタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、水などを挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させたポリマーは濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素などが挙げられ、これらの内から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。 When recovering the polyimide precursor or polyimide such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester produced from the polyimide precursor or polyimide reaction solution such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester, the reaction solution is poured into a poor solvent and precipitated. You can do it. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer precipitated in a poor solvent and collected by filtration can be dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、上述したように、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物と、溶媒とを有するものであればよく、その配合割合に特に限定はないが、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物の含有量は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体100質量部に対して、1~50質量部であることが好ましく、さらに好ましくは5~30質量部である。また、液晶配向剤に含有させる液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体の含有量は1質量%~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは3質量%~15質量%、特に好ましくは3質量%~10質量%である。 As described above, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention includes a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. A polyimide precursor having, at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, The amount of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a solvent, but the content of the polymerizable compound having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals respectively aligns the liquid crystal vertically. Polyimide precursor having a side chain and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group In addition, it is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor. is there. Further, a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal contained in a liquid crystal aligning agent, and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group, The content of at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably. 3% by mass to 10% by mass.
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体以外の他の重合体を含有していてもよい。その際、重合体全成分中におけるかかる他の重合体の含有量は0.5質量%~15質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1質量%~10質量%である。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. And a polymer other than at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor. In that case, the content of the other polymer in all the polymer components is preferably 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
 液晶配向剤が有する重合体の分子量は、液晶配向剤を塗布して得られる液晶配向膜の強度及び、塗膜形成時の作業性、塗膜の均一性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量で5,000~1,000,000とするのが好ましく、より好ましくは、10,000~150,000である。 The molecular weight of the polymer of the liquid crystal aligning agent is determined by considering the strength of the liquid crystal aligning film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent, the workability at the time of forming the coating film, and the uniformity of the coating film, GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography). The weight average molecular weight measured by the above method is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
 液晶配向剤が含有する溶媒に特に限定はなく、上記液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体や、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物等の含有成分を溶解または分散できるものであればよい。例えば、上記のポリアミック酸の合成で例示したような有機溶媒を挙げることができる。中でもN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドは、溶解性の観点から好ましい。勿論、2種類以上の混合溶媒を用いてもよい。 The solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited, and includes a side chain that vertically aligns the liquid crystal, and a photoreactive side chain that includes at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group. A polyimide precursor having at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor, a polymerizable compound having a photopolymerizable group or a photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, etc. Any component can be used as long as it can dissolve or disperse. For example, the organic solvent which was illustrated by the synthesis | combination of said polyamic acid can be mentioned. Among them, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide are from the viewpoint of solubility. To preferred. Of course, two or more kinds of mixed solvents may be used.
 また、塗膜の均一性や平滑性を向上させる溶媒を、液晶配向剤の含有成分の溶解性が高い溶媒に混合して使用すると好ましい。塗膜の均一性や平滑性を向上させる溶媒としては、例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-ブトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-フェノキシ-2-プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテル-2-アセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノエチルエーテル-2-アセテート、ジプロピレングリコール、2-(2-エトキシプロポキシ)プロパノール、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノールなどが挙げられる。これらの溶媒は複数種類を混合してもよい。これらの溶媒を用いる場合は、液晶配向剤に含まれる溶媒全体の5~80質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20~60質量%である。 In addition, it is preferable to use a solvent that improves the uniformity and smoothness of the coating film mixed with a solvent in which the components of the liquid crystal aligning agent are highly soluble. Solvents that improve the uniformity and smoothness of the coating include, for example, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol Thor, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether , Dipropylene glycol monomethyl Ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether , Dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dii Butylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, acetic acid Ethyl, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1- Phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2- (2- Ethoxypropoxy) propanol, lactate methyl ester, lactate ethyl ester, lactate n-propyl ester, lactate n-butyl ester, lactate isoamyl ester, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol and the like. A plurality of these solvents may be mixed. When these solvents are used, the content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.
 液晶配向剤には、上記以外の成分を含有してもよい。その例としては、液晶配向剤を塗布した際の膜厚均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物、液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物などが挙げられる。 The liquid crystal aligning agent may contain components other than those described above. Examples thereof include compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal aligning agent is applied, and compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal aligning film and the substrate.
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、ノ二オン系界面活性剤などが挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、エフトップEF301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファックF171、F173、R-30(大日本インキ社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガードAG710、サーフロンS-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(旭硝子社製)などが挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤を使用する場合、その使用割合は、液晶配向剤に含有される重合体の総量100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01~1質量部である。 Examples of compounds that improve film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink), Florard FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M) Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like. When these surfactants are used, the ratio of use thereof is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. 1 part by mass.
 液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、官能性シラン含有化合物やエポキシ基含有化合物などが挙げられる。例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3-(N-アリル-N-グリシジル)アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(N,N-ジグリシジル)アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランなどが挙げられる。また液晶配向膜の膜強度をさらに上げるために2,2’-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジヒドロキシメチルフェニル)プロパン、テトラ(メトキシメチル)ビスフェノール等のフェノール化合物を添加してもよい。これらの化合物を使用する場合は、液晶配向剤に含有される重合体の総量100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量部である。 Specific examples of compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds. For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-to Ethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltri Methoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-amino Propyltrimethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether , Polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetra Glycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′ , N′-tetraglycidyl-4, 4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3- (N-allyl-N-glycidyl) aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (N, N-diglycidyl) aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc. . In order to further increase the film strength of the liquid crystal alignment film, a phenol compound such as 2,2′-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dihydroxymethylphenyl) propane or tetra (methoxymethyl) bisphenol may be added. When these compounds are used, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.
 さらに、液晶配向剤には、上記の他、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば、液晶配向膜の誘電率や導電性などの電気特性を変化させる目的の誘電体や導電物質を添加してもよい。 In addition to the above, the liquid crystal aligning agent is added with a dielectric or conductive material for changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the liquid crystal aligning film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. May be.
 この液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布して焼成することにより、液晶を垂直に配向させる液晶配向膜を形成することができる。本発明の液晶配向剤は、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と共に、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物を有するため、得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子の応答速度を速いものとすることができる。 By applying this liquid crystal aligning agent on a substrate and baking it, a liquid crystal alignment film for vertically aligning liquid crystals can be formed. The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group and a cinnamoyl group, And at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by imidizing this polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable group or a photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, and thus obtained liquid crystal The response speed of the liquid crystal display element using the alignment film can be increased.
 例えば、本発明の液晶配向剤を、基板に塗布した後、必要に応じて乾燥し、焼成を行うことで得られる硬化膜を、そのまま液晶配向膜として用いることもできる。また、この硬化膜をラビングしたり、偏光又は特定の波長の光等を照射したり、イオンビーム等の処理をしたり、PSA用配向膜として液晶充填後の液晶表示素子に電圧を印加した状態でUVを照射することも可能である。特に、PSA用配向膜として使用することが有用である。 For example, a cured film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention to a substrate and then drying and baking as necessary can be used as a liquid crystal aligning film as it is. In addition, the cured film is rubbed, irradiated with polarized light or light of a specific wavelength, or treated with an ion beam, or a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display element after filling the liquid crystal as a PSA alignment film It is also possible to irradiate with UV. In particular, it is useful to use as an alignment film for PSA.
 この際、用いる基板としては透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されず、ガラス板、ポリカーボネート、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエーテルサルホン、ポリアリレート、ポリウレタン、ポリサルホン、ポリエーテル、ポリエーテルケトン、トリメチルペンテン、ポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、(メタ)アクリロニトリル、トリアセチルセルロース、ジアセチルセルロース、アセテートブチレートセルロースなどのプラスチック基板などを用いることができる。また、液晶駆動のためのITO電極などが形成された基板を用いることがプロセスの簡素化の観点から好ましい。また、反射型の液晶表示素子では片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウエハー等の不透明な物でも使用でき、この場合の電極はアルミ等の光を反射する材料も使用できる。 At this time, the substrate to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, glass plate, polycarbonate, poly (meth) acrylate, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, polyurethane, polysulfone, polyether, polyetherketone, Plastic substrates such as trimethylpentene, polyolefin, polyethylene terephthalate, (meth) acrylonitrile, triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, and acetate butyrate cellulose can be used. In addition, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO electrode or the like for driving liquid crystal is formed from the viewpoint of simplifying the process. Further, in the reflection type liquid crystal display element, an opaque material such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as the substrate is only on one side, and in this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum can be used.
 液晶配向剤の塗布方法は特に限定されず、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷等の印刷法、インクジェット法、スプレー法、ロールコート法や、ディップ、ロールコーター、スリットコーター、スピンナーなどが挙げられる。生産性の面から工業的には転写印刷法が広く用いられており、本発明でも好適に用いられる。 The method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, and other printing methods, ink jet methods, spray methods, roll coating methods, dip, roll coaters, slit coaters, and spinners. From the standpoint of productivity, the transfer printing method is widely used industrially, and is preferably used in the present invention.
 上記の方法で液晶配向剤を塗布して形成される塗膜は、焼成して硬化膜とすることができる。液晶配向剤を塗布した後の乾燥の工程は、必ずしも必要とされないが、塗布後から焼成までの時間が基板ごとに一定していない場合、又は塗布後ただちに焼成されない場合には、乾燥工程を行うことが好ましい。この乾燥は、基板の搬送等により塗膜形状が変形しない程度に溶媒が除去されていればよく、その乾燥手段については特に限定されない。例えば、温度40℃~150℃、好ましくは60℃~100℃のホットプレート上で、0.5分~30分、好ましくは1分~5分乾燥させる方法が挙げられる。 The coating film formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent by the above method can be baked to obtain a cured film. The drying process after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not necessarily required, but if the time from application to baking is not constant for each substrate, or if baking is not performed immediately after application, the drying process is performed. It is preferable. The drying is not particularly limited as long as the solvent is removed to such an extent that the shape of the coating film is not deformed by transporting the substrate or the like. For example, a method of drying on a hot plate at a temperature of 40 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 60 ° C. to 100 ° C., for 0.5 minutes to 30 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 5 minutes.
 液晶配向剤を塗布することにより形成された塗膜の焼成温度は限定されず、例えば100~350℃の任意の温度で行うことができるが、好ましくは120℃~300℃であり、さらに好ましくは150℃~250℃である。焼成時間は5分~240分の任意の時間で焼成を行うことができる。好ましくは10分~90分であり、より好ましくは20分~90分である。加熱は、通常公知の方法、例えば、ホットプレート、熱風循環炉、赤外線炉などで行うことができる。 The firing temperature of the coating film formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not limited, and can be performed at any temperature of, for example, 100 to 350 ° C., preferably 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., more preferably 150 to 250 ° C. Firing can be performed at an arbitrary time of 5 minutes to 240 minutes. The time is preferably 10 minutes to 90 minutes, more preferably 20 minutes to 90 minutes. Heating can be performed by a generally known method such as a hot plate, a hot air circulating furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like.
 また、焼成して得られる液晶配向膜の厚みは特に限定されないが、好ましくは5~300nm、より好ましくは10~100nmである。 The thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by firing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm.
 そして、本発明の液晶表示素子は、上記の方法により、基板に液晶配向膜を形成した後、公知の方法で液晶セルを作製して得ることができる。液晶表示素子の具体例としては、対向するように配置された2枚の基板と、基板間に設けられた液晶層と、基板と液晶層との間に設けられ本発明の液晶配向剤により形成された上記液晶配向膜とを有する液晶セルを具備する垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子である。具体的には、本発明の液晶配向剤を2枚の基板上に塗布して焼成することにより液晶配向膜を形成し、この液晶配向膜が対向するように2枚の基板を配置し、この2枚の基板の間に液晶で構成された液晶層を挟持し、すなわち、液晶配向膜に接触させて液晶層を設け、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することで作製される液晶セルを具備する垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子である。このように本発明の液晶配向剤により形成された液晶配向膜を用い、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して、重合性化合物を重合させると共に、重合体が有する光反応性の側鎖同士や、重合体が有する光反応性の側鎖と重合性化合物を反応させることにより、より効率的に液晶の配向が固定化され、応答速度が顕著に優れた液晶表示素子となる。 And the liquid crystal display element of this invention can produce a liquid crystal cell by a well-known method after forming a liquid crystal aligning film in a board | substrate by said method. Specific examples of the liquid crystal display element include two substrates disposed so as to face each other, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and a liquid crystal aligning agent provided between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer. A vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal cell having the above-described liquid crystal alignment film. Specifically, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is applied onto two substrates and baked to form a liquid crystal aligning film, and the two substrates are arranged so that the liquid crystal aligning films face each other. A liquid crystal layer composed of liquid crystal is sandwiched between two substrates, that is, a liquid crystal layer is provided in contact with the liquid crystal alignment film, and ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer. This is a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal cell to be manufactured. As described above, the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used to irradiate ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer to polymerize the polymerizable compound, and the light possessed by the polymer. A liquid crystal display device in which the alignment of the liquid crystal is more efficiently fixed and the response speed is remarkably improved by reacting the reactive side chains or the photoreactive side chain of the polymer with the polymerizable compound. It becomes.
 本発明の液晶表示素子に用いる基板としては、透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されないが、通常は、基板上に液晶を駆動するための透明電極が形成された基板である。具体例としては、上記液晶配向膜で記載した基板と同様のものを挙げることができる。従来の電極パターンや突起パターンが設けられた基板を用いてもよいが、本発明の液晶表示素子においては、液晶配向膜を形成する液晶配向剤として上記本発明の液晶配向剤を用いているため、片側基板に例えば1から10μmのライン/スリット電極パターンを形成し、対向基板にはスリットパターンや突起パターンを形成していない構造においても動作可能であり、この構造の液晶表示素子によって、製造時のプロセスを簡略化でき、高い透過率を得ることができる。 The substrate used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, but is usually a substrate on which a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal is formed. As a specific example, the thing similar to the board | substrate described with the said liquid crystal aligning film can be mentioned. A substrate provided with a conventional electrode pattern or protrusion pattern may be used, but in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is used as the liquid crystal aligning agent for forming the liquid crystal aligning film. It is possible to operate even in a structure in which a line / slit electrode pattern of 1 to 10 μm, for example, is formed on one side substrate and a slit pattern or projection pattern is not formed on the opposite substrate. This process can be simplified and high transmittance can be obtained.
 また、TFT型の素子のような高機能素子においては、液晶駆動のための電極と基板の間にトランジスタの如き素子が形成されたものが用いられる。 Further, in a high-performance element such as a TFT type element, an element in which an element such as a transistor is formed between an electrode for driving a liquid crystal and a substrate is used.
 透過型の液晶表示素子の場合は、上記の如き基板を用いることが一般的であるが、反射型の液晶表示素子では、片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウエハー等の不透明な基板も用いることが可能である。その際、基板に形成された電極には、光を反射するアルミニウムの如き材料を用いることもできる。 In the case of a transmissive liquid crystal display element, it is common to use a substrate as described above. However, in a reflective liquid crystal display element, if only one substrate is used, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer may be used. Is possible. At that time, a material such as aluminum that reflects light may be used for the electrode formed on the substrate.
 液晶配向膜は、この基板上に本発明の液晶配向剤を塗布した後焼成することにより形成されるものであり、詳しくは上述したとおりである。 The liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on this substrate and baking it, and the details are as described above.
 本発明の液晶表示素子の液晶層を構成する液晶材料は特に限定されず、従来の垂直配向方式で使用される液晶材料、例えばメルク社製のMLC-6608やMLC-6609などのネガ型の液晶を用いることができる。 The liquid crystal material constituting the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a liquid crystal material used in a conventional vertical alignment method, for example, a negative type liquid crystal such as MLC-6608 or MLC-6609 manufactured by Merck Can be used.
 この液晶層を2枚の基板の間に挟持させる方法としては、公知の方法を挙げることができる。例えば、液晶配向膜が形成された1対の基板を用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上にビーズ等のスペーサーを散布し、液晶配向膜が形成された側の面が内側になるようにしてもう一方の基板を貼り合わせ、液晶を減圧注入して封止する方法が挙げられる。また、液晶配向膜が形成された1対の基板を用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上にビーズ等のスペーサーを散布した後に液晶を滴下し、その後液晶配向膜が形成された側の面が内側になるようにしてもう一方の基板を貼り合わせて封止を行う方法でも液晶セルを作製することができる。このときのスペーサーの厚みは、好ましくは1~30μm、より好ましくは2~10μmである。 As a method for sandwiching the liquid crystal layer between two substrates, a known method can be exemplified. For example, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and spacers such as beads are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate so that the surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is on the inside. Then, the other substrate is bonded, and liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal. Also, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed are prepared, and spacers such as beads are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate, and then liquid crystal is dropped, and then the surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed A liquid crystal cell can also be produced by a method in which the other substrate is bonded to the inside so as to be inside and sealed. The thickness of the spacer at this time is preferably 1 to 30 μm, more preferably 2 to 10 μm.
 液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することにより液晶セルを作製する工程は、例えば基板上に設置されている電極間に電圧をかけることで液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電界を印加し、この電界を保持したまま紫外線を照射する方法が挙げられる。ここで、電極間にかける電圧としては例えば5~30Vp-p、好ましくは5~20Vp-pである。紫外線の照射量は、例えば1~60J、好ましくは40J以下であり、紫外線照射量が少ないほうが、液晶表示素子を構成する部材の破壊により生じる信頼性低下を抑制でき、かつ紫外線照射時間を減らせることで製造効率が上がるので好適である。 The step of producing a liquid crystal cell by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer includes, for example, applying an electric field between the electrodes installed on the substrate to apply an electric field to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer. And applying ultraviolet rays while maintaining this electric field. Here, the voltage applied between the electrodes is, for example, 5 to 30 Vp-p, preferably 5 to 20 Vp-p. The irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays is, for example, 1 to 60 J, preferably 40 J or less, and the smaller the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays, the lowering of reliability caused by the destruction of the members constituting the liquid crystal display element can be suppressed, and the irradiation time of ultraviolet rays can be reduced. This is preferable because the manufacturing efficiency is improved.
 このように、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射すると、重合性化合物が反応して重合体を形成し、この重合体により液晶分子が傾く方向が記憶されることで、得られる液晶表示素子の応答速度を速くすることができる。また、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射すると、液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体が有する光反応性の側鎖同士や、重合体が有する光反応性の側鎖と重合性化合物が反応するため、得られる液晶表示素子の応答速度を速くすることができる。 Thus, when ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer, the polymerizable compound reacts to form a polymer, and the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules are tilted is memorized by this polymer. The response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be increased. In addition, a photoreaction including a side chain that vertically aligns liquid crystal when applied with voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer, and at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group Photoreactive side chains possessed by at least one polymer selected from a polyimide precursor having a functional side chain and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor, and a photoreaction possessed by the polymer Since the reactive side chain and the polymerizable compound react, the response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be increased.
 また、上記液晶配向剤は、PSA型液晶ディスプレイやSC-PVA型液晶ディスプレイ等の垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子を作製するための液晶配向剤として有用なだけでなく、ラビング処理や光配向処理によって作製される液晶配向膜の用途でも好適に使用できる。 The liquid crystal aligning agent is not only useful as a liquid crystal aligning agent for producing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as a PSA type liquid crystal display or an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display, but also by a rubbing process or a photo-alignment process. It can also be suitably used for applications of the liquid crystal alignment film to be produced.
 以下、実施例に基づいてさらに詳述するが、本発明はこの実施例により何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
 <重合性化合物>
 (重合性化合物(RM1)の合成)
 冷却管付き300mlナスフラスコに、4,4’-ビフェニルジカルボキシアルデヒド5.0g(23.8mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸7.9g(47.6mmol)、10%塩酸(aq)33ml、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)100ml、塩化スズ(II)9.5g(50mmol)を加えて混合物とし、70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を純水300mlに注ぎ、白色固体を得た。得られた固体を分離し、再結晶(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=2/1)で精製した後、白色固体3.5gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果、この白色の固体が目的の下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM1)であることが確認された。収率は72%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:2.99(m, 2H), 3.42(m, 2H), 5.60(m, 2H), 5.74(m, 2H), 6.36(m, 2H), 7.42(m, 4H), 7.60(m, 4H).
<Polymerizable compound>
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM1))
In a 300 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 5.0 g (23.8 mmol) of 4,4′-biphenyldicarboxaldehyde, 7.9 g (47.6 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 33 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid (aq), Tetrahydrofuran (THF) 100 ml and tin (II) chloride 9.5 g (50 mmol) were added to form a mixture, which was stirred at 70 ° C. for 20 hours for reaction. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 300 ml of pure water to obtain a white solid. The obtained solid was separated and purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 2/1) to obtain 3.5 g of a white solid. As a result of measuring this solid by NMR, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM1) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 72%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.99 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 5.60 (m, 2H), 5.74 (m, 2H), 6.36 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 4H ), 7.60 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 (重合性化合物(RM2)の合成)
 冷却管付き300mlナスフラスコに、4、4’-ビフェノール 6.7g(35.9mmol)、2-(4-ブロモブチル)-1,3-ジオキソラン 15.0g(71.7mmol)、炭酸カリウム19.8g(143mmol)、およびアセトン150mlを加えて混合物とし、60℃で48時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の湿潤固体を得た。その後、この固体と水200mlを混合し、クロロホルム80mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM2))
In a 300 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 6.7 g (35.9 mmol) of 4,4′-biphenol, 15.0 g (71.7 mmol) of 2- (4-bromobutyl) -1,3-dioxolane, 19.8 g of potassium carbonate (143 mmol) and 150 ml of acetone were added to form a mixture, which was reacted at 60 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow wet solid. Then, this solid and 200 ml of water were mixed and extracted by adding 80 ml of chloroform. Extraction was performed three times.
 分液した有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、濾過した後に減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の固体を得た。この固体を再結晶(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=4/1(体積比))で精製することにより、白色固体14.6gを得た。得られた白色固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。なお、得られた固体を重水素化クロロホルム(CDCl)に溶解し、核磁気共鳴装置(ジオール社製)を用いて300MHzで測定した。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記の反応式に示される化合物(RM2-A)であることが確認された。収率は92%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.65(m, 4H), 1.74(m, 4H), 1.87(m, 4H), 3.86(m, 4H), 3.97(m, 8H), 4.89(t, 2H), 6.92(m, 4H), 7.44(m, 4H).
The separated organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow solid. The solid was purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 4/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain 14.6 g of a white solid. The result of having measured the obtained white solid by NMR is shown below. The obtained solid was dissolved in deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ) and measured at 300 MHz using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (manufactured by Diol). From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM2-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 92%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.87 (m, 4H), 3.86 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 8H), 4.89 (t, 2H ), 6.92 (m, 4H), 7.44 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 次に、冷却管付き500mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM2-A)13.3g(30mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸11.6g(70mmol)、10%塩酸(aq)50ml、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)160ml、塩化スズ(II)13.2g(70mmol)を加えて混合物とし、70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧濾過して純水200mlと混合し、そこにジクロロホルム100mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。 Next, in a 500 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser, 13.3 g (30 mmol) of the compound (RM2-A) obtained above, 11.6 g (70 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 50 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid (aq) , 160 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and 13.2 g (70 mmol) of tin (II) chloride were added to form a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 20 hours to be reacted. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, mixed with 200 ml of pure water, and extracted with 100 ml of dichlorochloro. Extraction was performed three times.
 分液した有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し白色固体を得た。この固体を再結晶(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=2/1)で精製することにより、白色固体9.4gを得た。得られた白色固体を上記と同様にしてNMRで測定した結果、この白色の固体が目的の下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM2)であることが確認された。収率は64%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.69(m, 12H), 2.61(m, 2H), 3.09(m, 2H), 4.00(t, 4H), 4.57(m, 2H), 5.64(m, 2H), 6.24(m, 2H), 6.92(d, 4H), 7.45(m, 4H).
To the separated organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added and dried, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a white solid. This solid was purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 2/1) to obtain 9.4 g of a white solid. The obtained white solid was measured by NMR in the same manner as described above. As a result, it was confirmed that the white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM2) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 64%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.69 (m, 12H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 4.00 (t, 4H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 5.64 (m, 2H ), 6.24 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, 4H), 7.45 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 (重合性化合物(RM3)の合成)
 冷却管付き500mlナスフラスコに、4、4’-ビフェノール 11.2g(60mmol)、2-(2-ブロモエチル)-1,3-ジオキソラン25.0g(138mmol)、炭酸カリウム35.9g(260mmol)、およびアセトン200mlを加えて混合物とし、60℃で48時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の湿潤固体を得た。その後、この固体と水200mlを混合し、クロロホルム100mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM3))
In a 500 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 11.2 g (60 mmol) of 4,4′-biphenol, 25.0 g (138 mmol) of 2- (2-bromoethyl) -1,3-dioxolane, 35.9 g (260 mmol) of potassium carbonate, And 200 ml of acetone was added to make a mixture, and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow wet solid. Thereafter, this solid was mixed with 200 ml of water, and extracted with 100 ml of chloroform. Extraction was performed three times.
 分液した有機層は、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、濾過した後に減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の固体を得た。この固体をクロロホルムに溶解させ、ヘキサンを用い(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=2/1)沈殿した後、白色固体17.6gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM3-A)であることが確認された。収率は76%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:2.19(m, 4H), 3.89(m, 4H), 4.01(m, 4H), 4.16(m, 4H), 5.11(m, 2H), 6.95(m, 4H), 7.45(m, 4H).
The separated organic layer was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was dissolved in chloroform and precipitated with hexane (hexane / chloroform = 2/1) to obtain 17.6 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM3-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 76%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.19 (m, 4H), 3.89 (m, 4H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.16 (m, 4H), 5.11 (m, 2H), 6.95 (m, 4H ), 7.45 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 次に、冷却管付き500mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM3-A)10.0g(26mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸10.0g(60.6mmol)、10%HCl(aq)32ml、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)140ml、塩化スズ(II)11.4g(60.6mmol)、を加えて混合物とし、70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧濾過して純水200mlと混合し、そこにクロロホルム100mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。 Next, 10.0 g (26 mmol) of the compound (RM3-A) obtained above, 10.0 g (60.6 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 10% HCl (aq) was placed in a 500 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser. ) 32 ml, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 140 ml, tin (II) chloride 11.4 g (60.6 mmol) were added to form a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 20 hours for reaction. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, mixed with 200 ml of pure water, and extracted with 100 ml of chloroform. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し白色固体を得た。この固体をクロロホルムに溶解させ、ヘキサンを用い(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=2/1)沈殿し白色固体を得た。この固体をメタノールで洗浄した後、白色固体4.7gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色の固体が目的の下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM3)であることが確認された。収率42%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ: 2.18(m, 4H), 2.76(m, 2H), 3.16(m, 2H),  4.18(m, 4H), 4.84(m, 2H), 5.67(m, 2H), 6.27(m, 2H), 6.95(d, 4H), 7.46(m, 4H).
The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a white solid. This solid was dissolved in chloroform and precipitated with hexane (hexane / chloroform = 2/1) to obtain a white solid. After this solid was washed with methanol, 4.7 g of a white solid was obtained. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was the target polymerizable compound (RM3) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 42%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.18 (m, 4H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 4.18 (m, 4H), 4.84 (m, 2H), 5.67 (m, 2H ), 6.27 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.46 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 (重合性化合物(RM4)の合成)
 冷却管付き500mlナスフラスコに、ビフェノール14.9g(80.0mmol)、5-ブロモペンチルアセテート35g(167.0mmol)、炭酸カリウム41.5g(300mmol)、およびアセトン250mlを加えて混合物とし、温度60℃で48時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を純水600mlに注ぎ、白色固体33.6gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が下記反応式に示される化合物(RM4-A)であることが確認された。収率は95%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.86 (m, 4H), 2.06 (s, 6H), 4.02 (t, 4H), 4.12 (t, 4H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.47 (d, 4H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM4))
To a 500 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 14.9 g (80.0 mmol) of biphenol, 35 g (167.0 mmol) of 5-bromopentyl acetate, 41.5 g (300 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 250 ml of acetone were added to obtain a mixture. The reaction was carried out at 48 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 600 ml of pure water to obtain 33.6 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM4-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 95%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.86 (m, 4H), 2.06 (s, 6H), 4.02 (t, 4H), 4.12 (t, 4H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.47 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 冷却管付き1lナスフラスコに、エタノール250ml、上記で得られた化合物(RM4-A)18.0g(41mmol)、および10%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液100mlを加えて混合物とし、温度85℃で5時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、1000mlのビーカーに水500mlと反応液を加えて、30分間室温で攪拌した後、10%HCl水溶液80mlを滴下した後、ろ過して白色固体12.2gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM4-B)であることが確認された。収率は83%であった。
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.46 (m, 8H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m, 4H), 3.98 (m, 4H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 4H), 7.51 (m, 4H).
To a 1-liter eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 250 ml of ethanol, 18.0 g (41 mmol) of the compound (RM4-A) obtained above, and 100 ml of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to obtain a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 85 ° C. for 5 hours. While reacting. After completion of the reaction, 500 ml of water and the reaction solution were added to a 1000 ml beaker and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature, and then 80 ml of 10% HCl aqueous solution was added dropwise, followed by filtration to obtain 12.2 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM4-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 83%.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.46 (m, 8H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m, 4H), 3.98 (m, 4H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 4H) , 7.51 (m, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 上記で得られた化合物(RM4-B)5.0g(14.0mmol)をトリエチルアミン3.2gと少量の2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール(BHT)と共にTHF30mlに溶解させて室温にて攪拌し、水浴による冷却下、THF20mlにメタクリロイルクロライド3.3g(32mmol)を溶解した溶液を15分間かけて滴下した。滴下後、30分間攪拌し、水浴を除去して室温に戻しながら終夜攪拌を続けた。反応終了後、反応液を純水200mlに注ぎ、ろ過をした後白色固体を得た。この固体をクロロホルムに溶解させ、ヘキサンを用い(ヘキサン/クロロホルム=2/1)沈殿した後、白色固体2.6gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM4)であることが確認された。収率は38%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.56(m, 4H), 1.74(m, 4H), 1.82(m, 4H), 1.97(s, 6H), 4.03(m, 4H), 4.20(m, 4H), 5.55(m, 2H), 6.10(m, 2H), 6.94(d, 4H), 7.45(d, 4H).
The compound (RM4-B) (5.0 g, 14.0 mmol) obtained above was dissolved in 30 ml of THF together with 3.2 g of triethylamine and a small amount of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (BHT) at room temperature. The solution which melt | dissolved 3.3 g (32 mmol) of methacryloyl chloride in 20 ml of THF was dripped over 15 minutes under cooling by a water bath. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and the water bath was removed and stirring was continued overnight while returning to room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 200 ml of pure water and filtered to obtain a white solid. This solid was dissolved in chloroform and precipitated with hexane (hexane / chloroform = 2/1) to obtain 2.6 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM4) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 38%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.56 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.97 (s, 6H), 4.03 (m, 4H), 4.20 (m, 4H ), 5.55 (m, 2H), 6.10 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, 4H), 7.45 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 (重合性化合物(RM5))
 公知の下記式で表される重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(RM5)とした。
(Polymerizable compound (RM5))
A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 (重合性化合物(RM6)の合成)
 冷却管付き200mlナスフラスコに、4-ヒドロキシ安息香酸メチル7.61g(50.0mmol)、6-ブロモ-1-ヘキサノール9.1g(50.0mmol)、炭酸カリウム13.8g(100mmol)、およびアセトン70mlを加えて混合物とし、64℃で24時間撹拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の湿潤固体を得た。この固体を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(カラム:シリカゲル60,0.063-0.200mm,メルク製,溶出液:へキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1(v/v))により精製した。得られた溶液から溶媒を留去し、白色の固体11.3gを得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM6-A)であることが確認された。収率は90%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.3-1.7 (m, 8H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.03 (t, 2H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.99 (d, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM6))
In a 200 ml eggplant flask with a condenser tube, 7.61 g (50.0 mmol) of methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 9.1 g (50.0 mmol) of 6-bromo-1-hexanol, 13.8 g (100 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and acetone 70 ml was added to form a mixture, and the mixture was reacted at 64 ° C. with stirring for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow wet solid. This solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60, 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1 (v / v)). The solvent was distilled off from the resulting solution to obtain 11.3 g of a white solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM6-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 90%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.3-1.7 (m, 8H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.03 (t, 2H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.99 (d , 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 次に、冷却管付き100ml三口フラスコに、クロロクロム酸ピリジニウム(PCC)2.2g(10.0mmol)、およびCHCl15.0mlを入れて撹拌混合した状態で、上記で得られた化合物(RM6-A)2.5g(10.0mmol)をCHCl15.0mlに溶解した溶液を滴下し、室温で6時間さらに撹拌した。その後、フラスコの壁に付着したオイル状物を除いた溶液に、ジエチルエーテル90mlを加えて減圧ろ過した後、減圧下で溶媒を留去し、濃緑色の湿潤固体を得た。この固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(カラム:シリカゲル60,0.063-0.200mm,メルク製,溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=2/1(v/v))で精製した。得られた溶液の溶媒を留去し、無色の固体1.3gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色の固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM6-B)であることが確認された。収率は50%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.3-1.8 (m, 6H), 2.49 (t, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 9.78 (s, 1H).
Next, in a 100 ml three-necked flask equipped with a condenser tube, 2.2 g (10.0 mmol) of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) and 15.0 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 were stirred and mixed, and the compound obtained above A solution prepared by dissolving 2.5 g (10.0 mmol) of (RM6-A) in 15.0 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 was added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Thereafter, 90 ml of diethyl ether was added to the solution excluding the oily substance adhering to the flask wall and filtered under reduced pressure, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a dark green wet solid. This solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60, 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 (v / v)). The solvent of the obtained solution was distilled off to obtain 1.3 g of a colorless solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a compound (RM6-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 50%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.3-1.8 (m, 6H), 2.49 (t, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.99 (d , 2H), 9.78 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 次に、冷却管付き50mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM6-B)1.25g(5.0mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸0.83g(5.0mmol)、Amberlyst(登録商標)15(ロームエンドハース社 商品名)0.8g、THF8.0ml、塩化スズ(II)0.95g(5.0mmol)、および純水2.0mlを加えて混合物とし、70℃で5時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して純水40mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル50mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。 Next, 1.25 g (5.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-B) obtained above, 0.83 g (5.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, Amberlyst (registered) Trademark) 15 (Rohm End Haas Co., Ltd. trade name) 0.8 g, THF 8.0 ml, tin (II) chloride 0.95 g (5.0 mmol), and pure water 2.0 ml were added to obtain a mixture, and the mixture was kept at 70 ° C. for 5 hours. Stir to react. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, mixed with 40 ml of pure water, and extracted with 50 ml of diethyl ether. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧ろ過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、無色固体1.5gを得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM6-C)であることが確認された。収率は94%であった。
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) δ:1.3-1.8 (m, 8H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 3.04 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 7.89 (d, 2H).
The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain 1.5 g of a colorless solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a compound (RM6-C) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 94%.
1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.3-1.8 (m, 8H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 3.04 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.54 ( m, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 7.89 (d, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 冷却管付き100mlナスフラスコに、エタノール35ml、上記で得られた化合物(RM6-C)1.5g(4.7mmol)、および10%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液5mlを加えて混合物とし、85℃で3時間撹拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、500mlのビーカーに水300mlと反応液とを加えて、30分間室温で撹拌した後、10%HCl水溶液5mlを滴下した後、ろ過して白色固体1.3gを得た。
 次に、冷却管付き50mlナスフラスコに、得られた白色固体1.1g、Amberlyst(登録商標)15(ロームエンドハース社 商品名)1.0g、およびTHF20.0mlを加えて混合物とし、70℃で5時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、黄色固体を得た。この黄色固体を再結晶(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1(v/v))で精製した後、白色固体0.9gを得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM6-D)であることが確認された。収率は71%であった。
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) δ:1.2-1.8 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.69 (s, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 12.5 (s, broad, 1H).
To a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 35 ml of ethanol, 1.5 g (4.7 mmol) of the compound (RM6-C) obtained above, and 5 ml of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to form a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was carried out with stirring. After completion of the reaction, 300 ml of water and the reaction solution were added to a 500 ml beaker and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Then, 5 ml of 10% HCl aqueous solution was added dropwise, followed by filtration to obtain 1.3 g of a white solid.
Next, 1.1 g of the obtained white solid, Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (trade name of Rohm End Haas Co., Ltd.) 1.0 g, and 20.0 ml of THF were added to a 50 ml eggplant flask with a cooling tube to obtain a mixture, For 5 hours with stirring. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtering the reaction solution under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow solid. The yellow solid was purified by recrystallization (hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1 (v / v)) to obtain 0.9 g of a white solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM6-D) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 71%.
1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.2-1.8 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.69 ( s, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 12.5 (s, broad, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 上記で得られた化合物(RM6-D)21.1g(69.3mmol)、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール5.0g(34.7mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.35gおよび少量のBHTを室温にて撹拌下、塩化メチレン100mlに懸濁させ、それに塩化メチレン50mlに溶解させたジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)15.5g(75.0mmol)を加えて48時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、順次、各60mlの0.5N-HClと飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と飽和食塩水にて2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、エタノールによる再結晶操作で、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM6)を20.1g得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は81%であった。
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.15 (m, 4H), 1.50 (m, 8H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 8H), 1.92 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.24 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 4H), 7.97 (d, 4H).
21.1 g (69.3 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained above, 5.0 g (34.7 mmol) of 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0 .35 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 100 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, and 15.5 g (75.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 50 ml of methylene chloride was added thereto and stirred for 48 hours. Reacted. After completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 60 ml of 0.5N HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine successively, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and recrystallization with ethanol yielded 20.1 g of a polymerizable compound (RM6) represented by the following reaction formula. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 81%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.15 (m, 4H), 1.50 (m, 8H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 8H), 1.92 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H) , 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.24 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 4H), 7.97 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 (重合性化合物(RM7)の合成)
 上記方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)6.1g(20.0mmol)、4-[(6―アクリルオキシ)ヘキシルオキシ]フェノール(SYNTHON Chemicals社)5.3g(20.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.1g、および少量のBHTを室温にて攪拌下、塩化メチレン100mlに懸濁させ、それにジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)5.1g(25.0mmol)を溶解させた溶液を加えて終夜攪拌した。析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、0.5N-HCl 100ml、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液100ml、飽和食塩水150mlにて順次2回ずつ洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、減圧下で溶媒を留去して、黄色固体を得た。この固体をシリカカラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mmメルク社製、溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1)で精製した。ここで得られた溶液の溶媒を留去して、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM7)4.3gを得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は39%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.53 (m, 10H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 5.64 (d, 1H), 5.81 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.97 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 8.14 (d, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM7))
6.1 g (20.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained by the above method, 5.3 g (20.0 mmol) of 4-[(6-acryloxy) hexyloxy] phenol (SYNTHON Chemicals), N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) (0.1 g) and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 100 ml of methylene chloride at room temperature with stirring, and 5.1 g (25.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved in the suspension. The solution was added and stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 100 ml of 0.5N HCl, 100 ml of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and 150 ml of saturated brine successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure. The solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was purified by silica column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck & Co., eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent of the solution obtained here was distilled off to obtain 4.3 g of a polymerizable compound (RM7) represented by the following reaction formula. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 39%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.53 (m, 10H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 5.64 (d, 1H), 5.81 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 6.40 ( d, 1H), 6.97 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 8.14 (d, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 (重合性化合物(RM8)の合成)
 下記反応式に示される化合物(RM8-A)2.1g(7.3mmol)、化合物(RM8-B)2.5g(7.3mmol)、DMAP 0.015g及び少量BHTを室温にて攪拌下、塩化メチレン30mlに懸濁させ、それに塩化メチレン5mlに溶解させたDCC 1.8g(9.0mmol)を加えて終夜攪拌後、析出したDCCウレアをろ別しそのろ液を順次各50mlの0.5N-HClと飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と飽和食塩水にて2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、エタノールによる再結晶操作で、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM8)1.3gを得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は30%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3)): δ 1.40-1.90 (m, 14H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 5.83 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.25 (d, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.57 (d, 2H), 8.17 (d, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM8))
While stirring 2.1 g (7.3 mmol) of the compound (RM8-A) represented by the following reaction formula, 2.5 g (7.3 mmol) of the compound (RM8-B), 0.015 g of DMAP and a small amount of BHT at room temperature, The suspension was suspended in 30 ml of methylene chloride, and 1.8 g (9.0 mmol) of DCC dissolved in 5 ml of methylene chloride was added thereto and stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was sequentially added to 50 ml of 0. The extract was washed twice with 5N HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and recrystallization with ethanol gave a polymerizable compound (RM8 ) 1.3 g was obtained. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 30%.
1H NMR (CDCl3)): δ 1.40-1.90 (m, 14H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H ), 4.54 (m, 1H), 5.83 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.25 (d, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H) , 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.57 (d, 2H), 8.17 (d, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 (重合性化合物(RM9)の合成)
 冷却管付き100mlナスフラスコに、4-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド6.1g(50mmol)、6-ブロモ-1-ヘキサノール9.1g(50mmol)、炭酸カリウム13.8g(100mmol)、及びアセトン100mlを加えて混合物とし、64℃で24時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、減圧下で溶媒を留去し黄色の湿潤固体を得た。その後、この固体と水70mlを混合し、ジエチルエーテル50mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM9))
To a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 6.1 g (50 mmol) of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 9.1 g (50 mmol) of 6-bromo-1-hexanol, 13.8 g (100 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 100 ml of acetone are added to form a mixture. , Reaction was conducted at 64 ° C. with stirring for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow wet solid. Then, this solid and 70 ml of water were mixed and extracted by adding 50 ml of diethyl ether. Extraction was performed three times.
 分液した有機層は、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、濾過した後に減圧下で溶媒を留去し、黄色の固体を得た。この固体を酢酸エチル5mlに溶解し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mm メルク製、溶出液:へキサン/酢酸エチル=2/1)により精製した。ここで得られた溶液から溶媒を留去し、白色の固体を7.4g得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM9-A)であることが確認された。収率は67%であった。
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.55 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 3.67 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.84 (d, 2H), 9.88 (s, 1H).
The separated organic layer was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was dissolved in 5 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1). The solvent was distilled off from the resulting solution to obtain 7.4 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM9-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 67%.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.55 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 3.67 (t, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H) , 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.84 (d, 2H), 9.88 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 50ml三口フラスコに、化合物(RM9-A)2.2g、トリエチルアミン1.7ml、BHT0.2mg及びTHF10mlを混合して溶解した。この溶液の撹拌下に、アクリル酸クロリド(acryloyl chloride)0.8mlをTHF10mlに溶解した溶液を15分間かけて滴下した。その際、三口フラスコを水浴(水温20℃)して冷却した。滴下した後、そのままの状態で30分間撹拌した後、フラスコを水浴から出して、窒素置換し、更に室温で3時間撹拌して反応させた。この反応液をろ過し、ろ液を3/4の容量まで減圧濃縮してから塩化メチレン100mlを加えた。この溶液を、飽和炭酸ナトリウム溶液100ml、0.5Nの塩酸100ml、飽和食塩水100mlの順で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、溶媒を留去して黄色の固体を得た。この固体を酢酸エチル3mlに溶解し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mm メルク製、溶出液:へキサン/酢酸エチル=2/1)により精製した。ここで得られた溶液から溶媒を留去し、白色の固体を2.0g得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM9-B)であることが確認された。収率は72%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 5.81 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 7.82 (m, 2H), 9.88 (s, 1H).
In a 50 ml three-necked flask, 2.2 g of compound (RM9-A), 1.7 ml of triethylamine, 0.2 mg of BHT and 10 ml of THF were mixed and dissolved. While stirring this solution, a solution prepared by dissolving 0.8 ml of acryloyl chloride in 10 ml of THF was added dropwise over 15 minutes. At that time, the three-necked flask was cooled in a water bath (water temperature 20 ° C.). After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes as it was, and then the flask was taken out of the water bath, purged with nitrogen, and further reacted by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 3/4, and 100 ml of methylene chloride was added. This solution was washed with 100 ml of saturated sodium carbonate solution, 100 ml of 0.5N hydrochloric acid and 100 ml of saturated brine in that order, and dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was dissolved in 3 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1). The solvent was distilled off from the solution obtained here to obtain 2.0 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a compound (RM9-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 72%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 5.81 (d, 1H), 6.14 (m, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 7.82 (m, 2H), 9.88 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 次に、冷却管付き50mlのナスフラスコに、上記と同様にして得られた中間体化合物(RM9-B)2.0g(7mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸1.2g(7.0mmol)、Amberlyst(登録商標)15(ローム エンド ハース社 商品名)1.2g、THF8.0ml、塩化スズ(II)1.4g(7mmol)、純水2.0mlを加えて混合物とし、温度70℃で24時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して純水60mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル50mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し淡い褐色の固体を得た。 Next, in a 50 ml eggplant flask equipped with a cooling tube, 2.0 g (7 mmol) of the intermediate compound (RM9-B) obtained in the same manner as above, 1.2 g (7.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (ROHM End Hearth Co., Ltd., trade name) 1.2 g, THF 8.0 ml, tin (II) chloride 1.4 g (7 mmol), and pure water 2.0 ml were added to form a mixture at a temperature of 70 ° C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 60 ml of pure water, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto for extraction. Extraction was performed three times. The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a light brown solid.
 この固体を酢酸エチル3mlに溶解し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mm メルク製、溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=2/1)により精製した。ここで得られた溶液から溶媒を留去して、白色の固体を1.0g得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果、この白色の固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM9)であることが確認された。収率は40%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 4.17 (t, 2H), 5.45 (t, 1H), 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H).
This solid was dissolved in 3 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1). The solvent was distilled off from the solution obtained here to obtain 1.0 g of a white solid. As a result of measuring this solid by NMR, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM9) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 40%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 4.17 (t, 2H), 5.45 (t, 1H), 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 7.26 ( m, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 (重合性化合物(RM10)の合成)
 上記と同様の方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)22.0g(72.4mmol)、1,4-フェニルジメタノール5.0g(36.2mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.35gおよび少量のBHTを室温にて撹拌下、塩化メチレン100mlに懸濁させ、それに塩化メチレン50mlに溶解させたジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)17.0g(80.0mmol)を加えて48時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、順次、各60mlの0.5N-HClと飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と飽和食塩水にて2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、エタノールによる再結晶操作で、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM10)16.6gを得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は65%であった。
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.46 (m, 12H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 5.34 (s, 4H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.23 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 4H), 7.46 (s, 4H),8.00 (d, 4H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM10))
Compound (RM6-D) 22.0 g (72.4 mmol), 1,4-phenyldimethanol 5.0 g (36.2 mmol), N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine obtained by the same method as above (DMAP) 0.35 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 100 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, and 17.0 g (80.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 50 ml of methylene chloride was added thereto to add 48 The reaction was stirred for an hour. After completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 60 ml of 0.5N HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine successively, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and 16.6 g of a polymerizable compound (RM10) represented by the following reaction formula was obtained by recrystallization with ethanol. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 65%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.46 (m, 12H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.56 (m, 2H) , 5.34 (s, 4H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.23 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 4H), 7.46 (s, 4H), 8.00 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 (重合性化合物(RM11)の合成)
 上記と同様の方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)6.1g(20.0mmol)、4,4’-ビフェニルジメタノール2.1g(10.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.15gおよび少量のBHTを室温にて撹拌下、塩化メチレン50mlに懸濁させ、それに塩化メチレン25mlに溶解させたジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)5.3g(25.0mmol)を加えて48時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、順次、各60mlの0.5N-HClと飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と飽和食塩水にて2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、エタノールによる再結晶操作で、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM11)6.4gを得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は81%であった。
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 12H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 5.38 (s, 4H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.23 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 4H), 7.51 (d, 4H),7.62 (d, 4H),8.05 (d, 4H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM11))
6.1 g (20.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained in the same manner as above, 2.1 g (10.0 mmol) of 4,4′-biphenyldimethanol, N, N-dimethyl-4-amino To a suspension of 0.15 g of pyridine (DMAP) and a small amount of BHT in 50 ml of methylene chloride at room temperature with stirring, 5.3 g (25.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 25 ml of methylene chloride was added. The reaction was stirred for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 60 ml of 0.5N HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine successively, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and 6.4 g of a polymerizable compound (RM11) represented by the following reaction formula was obtained by recrystallization with ethanol. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 81%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.48 (m, 12H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.55 (m, 2H) , 5.38 (s, 4H), 5.63 (d, 2H), 6.23 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 4H), 7.51 (d, 4H), 7.62 (d, 4H), 8.05 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 (重合性化合物(RM12)の合成)
 上記と同様の方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)6.1g(20.0mmol)、4,4’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン2.1g(10.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.1g、および少量のBHTを室温にて攪拌下、塩化メチレン80mlに懸濁させ、それにジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)5.2g(24.0mmol)を溶解させた溶液を加えて終夜攪拌した。析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、0.5N-HCl 50ml、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液50ml、飽和食塩水100mlにて順次2回ずつ洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、減圧下で溶媒を留去して、黄色固体を得た。この固体をエタノールを用いた再結晶により精製し、白色の固体6.2gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色の固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM12)であることが確認された。収率は79%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.45-1.95 (m, 16H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 4H), 4.54(m, 2H), 5.64 (s, 2H), 6.24 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 4H), 7.32 (d, 4H), 7.91 (d, 4H), 8.18 (d, 4H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM12))
6.1 g (20.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained in the same manner as above, 2.1 g (10.0 mmol) of 4,4′-dihydroxybenzophenone, N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0.1 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 80 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, and a solution in which 5.2 g (24.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved was added thereto and stirred overnight. did. The precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5N-HCl (50 ml), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 ml) and saturated brine (100 ml) successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure. The solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was purified by recrystallization using ethanol to obtain 6.2 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM12) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 79%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.45-1.95 (m, 16H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 4H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 5.64 (s, 2H) , 6.24 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 4H), 7.32 (d, 4H), 7.91 (d, 4H), 8.18 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 (重合性化合物(RM13)の合成)
 冷却管付き500mlのナスフラスコに、4-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド12.2g(100mmol)、1、6-ジブロモヘキサン12.2g(50mmol)、炭酸カリウム16.0g(116mmol)、アセトン150mlを加えて混合物とし、温度64℃で48時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応溶液をろ過した後に減圧下で溶媒を留去し、淡い褐色の湿潤な固体を15.4g得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM13-A)であることが確認された。収率は94%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.49 (m, 4H), 1.77 (m, 4H), 4.12 (t, 4H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.86 (d, 2H), 9.87 (s, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM13))
To a 500 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube was added 12.2 g (100 mmol) of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 12.2 g (50 mmol) of 1,6-dibromohexane, 16.0 g (116 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 150 ml of acetone to obtain a mixture. The reaction was carried out at a temperature of 64 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After the reaction solution was filtered, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 15.4 g of a light brown wet solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this solid was a compound (RM13-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 94%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.49 (m, 4H), 1.77 (m, 4H), 4.12 (t, 4H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.86 (d, 2H), 9.87 (s, 2H ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 次に、冷却管付き100mlのナスフラスコに、上記と同様にして得られた化合物(RM13-A)3.3g(10.0mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸3.3g(20.0mmol)、Amberlyst(登録商標)15(ローム エンド ハース社 商品名)3.0g、THF32.0ml、塩化スズ(II)3.8g(20.0mmol)、純水8.0mlを加えて混合物とし、温度70℃で24時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して純水60mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル70mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し淡い褐色の固体を得た。
 この固体を酢酸エチル10mlに溶解し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mm メルク製、溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1)により精製した。ここで得られた溶液から溶媒を留去して、白色の固体を2.6g得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色の固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM13)であることが確認された。収率は55%であった。
1H-NMR(CDCl3) δ:1.54 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.97 (t, 4H), 5.47 (m, 2H), 5.68 (m, 2H), 6.30 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, 4H), 7.26 (d, 4H).
Next, in a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser, 3.3 g (10.0 mmol) of the compound (RM13-A) obtained in the same manner as above, 3.3 g (20.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid , Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (Rohm End Haas Co., Ltd., product name) 3.0 g, THF 32.0 ml, tin (II) chloride 3.8 g (20.0 mmol), pure water 8.0 ml was added to obtain a mixture, and the temperature was 70 The reaction was stirred for 24 hours at ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 60 ml of pure water, and 70 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto for extraction. Extraction was performed three times. The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a light brown solid.
This solid was dissolved in 10 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent was distilled off from the resulting solution to obtain 2.6 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM13) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 55%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.54 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.97 (t, 4H), 5.47 (m, 2H ), 5.68 (m, 2H), 6.30 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, 4H), 7.26 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 (重合性化合物(RM14)の合成)
 冷却管付き300mlナスフラスコに、テレフタルアルデヒド酸7.5g(50.0mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸9.1g(55.0mmol)、THF80.0ml、塩化スズ(II)10.5g(110.0mmol)、および塩酸水溶液(10%)35.0mlを加えて混合物とし、70℃で24時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、純水200mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル100mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM14))
In a 300 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 7.5 g (50.0 mmol) of terephthalaldehyde acid, 9.1 g (55.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 80.0 ml of THF, 10.5 g of tin (II) chloride (110 0.0 mmol) and 35.0 ml of aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (10%) were added to form a mixture, which was stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours to be reacted. After completion of the reaction, it was mixed with 200 ml of pure water, and extracted with 100 ml of diethyl ether. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧ろ過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、無色固体8.3gを得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM14-A)であることが確認された。収率は76%であった。
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) δ: 2.85 (m, 1H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 13.08(s, 1H).
The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain 8.3 g of a colorless solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a compound represented by the following reaction formula (RM14-A). The yield was 76%.
1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 2.85 (m, 1H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 13.08 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 上記で得られた化合物(RM14-A)2.4g(11.0mmol)、1,6-ヘキサンジオール0.6g(5.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.05gおよび少量のBHTを室温にて撹拌下、塩化メチレン10mlに懸濁させ、それに塩化メチレン5mlに溶解させたジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)2.5g(12.0mmol)を加えて48時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、順次、各60mlの0.5N-HClと飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と飽和食塩水にて2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、エタノールによる再結晶操作で、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM14)1.3gを得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は50%であった。
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.53 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 4H), 5.60 (t, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.34 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 4H), 8.06 (d, 4H).
2.4 g (11.0 mmol) of the compound (RM14-A) obtained above, 0.6 g (5.0 mmol) of 1,6-hexanediol, N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0. 05 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 10 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, 2.5 g (12.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 5 ml of methylene chloride was added thereto, and the reaction was stirred for 48 hours. I let you. After completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 60 ml of 0.5N HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine successively, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and 1.3 g of a polymerizable compound (RM14) represented by the following reaction formula was obtained by recrystallization operation with ethanol. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 50%.
1 H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.53 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 4H), 5.60 (t, 2H) , 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.34 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 4H), 8.06 (d, 4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 (重合性化合物(RM15)の合成)
 冷却管付き300ml三口フラスコにPCC6.2g(28.7mmol)、およびCHCl100.0mlを入れて撹拌混合した状態で、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM15-A)8.0g(28.7mmol)をCHCl(30.0ml)に溶解した溶液を滴下し、室温で2時間さらに撹拌した。その後、フラスコの壁に付着したオイル状物を除いた溶液に、ジエチルエーテル150mlを加えて減圧濾過した後、減圧下で溶媒を留去して、濃緑色の湿潤な固体を得た。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM15))
In a 300 ml three-necked flask equipped with a condenser tube, 6.2 g (28.7 mmol) of PCC and 100.0 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 were mixed with stirring. 8.0 g (28) of the compound (RM15-A) represented by the following reaction formula 0.7 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (30.0 ml) was added dropwise and further stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereafter, 150 ml of diethyl ether was added to the solution excluding the oily substance adhering to the flask wall and filtered under reduced pressure, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a dark green wet solid.
 この固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(カラム:シリカゲル60,0.063-0.200mm,メルク社製,溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1)で精製した。得られた溶液の溶媒を留去して、無色の固体5.7gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色の固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM15-B)であることが確認された。収率は72%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.50 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 6.25 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H),7.45 (d, 2H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 9.80 (s, 1H).
This solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60, 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck & Co., eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent of the obtained solution was distilled off to obtain 5.7 g of a colorless solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a compound represented by the following reaction formula (RM15-B). The yield was 72%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 6.25 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 9.80 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 次に、冷却管付き100mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM15-B)5.7g(20.6mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸3.4g(20.6mmol)、10%塩酸水溶液16ml、THF50ml、および塩化スズ(II)3.9g(20.6mmol)を加えて混合物とし、温度70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して純水100mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル150mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。 Next, in a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a cooling tube, 5.7 g (20.6 mmol) of the compound (RM15-B) obtained above, 3.4 g (20.6 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 10% hydrochloric acid An aqueous solution (16 ml), THF (50 ml), and tin (II) chloride (3.9 g, 20.6 mmol) were added to form a mixture, and the mixture was reacted at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 20 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 100 ml of pure water, and 150 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto for extraction. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、再結晶(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル、1/1)を行い、無色固体4.6gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM15)であることが確認された。収率は65%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.80(s, 3H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.63(s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, 1H),6.90(d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1H).
To the organic layer after extraction, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added and dried, followed by filtration under reduced pressure. The solvent was distilled off from the solution, and recrystallization (hexane / ethyl acetate, 1/1) was performed to obtain 4.6 g of a colorless solid. Obtained. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless solid was a polymerizable compound (RM15) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 65%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H) , 5.63 (s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 (重合性化合物(RM16)の合成)
 冷却管付き200mlナスフラスコに、4-ブロモブチル-1,3-ジオキソラン 5.0g(24.0mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸4.5g(27.0mmol)、10%塩酸水溶液19ml、THF60ml、および塩化スズ(II)4.7g(27.0mmol)を加えて混合物とし、温度70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を減圧ろ過して純水100mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル100mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM16))
In a 200 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 5.0 g (24.0 mmol) of 4-bromobutyl-1,3-dioxolane, 4.5 g (27.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 19 ml of 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid, 60 ml of THF, Then, 4.7 g (27.0 mmol) of tin (II) chloride was added to form a mixture, and the mixture was reacted by stirring at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 20 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, mixed with 100 ml of pure water, and extracted with 100 ml of diethyl ether. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、無色液体5.2gを得た。この液体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この無色液体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM16-A)であることが確認された。収率は93%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.64 (m, 4H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.44 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.65(s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H).
The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain 5.2 g of a colorless liquid. The result of having measured this liquid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this colorless liquid was a compound represented by the following reaction formula (RM16-A). The yield was 93%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.44 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 冷却管付き100mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM16-A)4.7g(20.0mmol)、4-メトキシけい皮酸3.6g(20.0mmol)、炭酸カリウム5.1g(40.0mmol)、およびN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)50mlを加えて混合物とし、110℃で48時間撹拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、純水200mlと混合し、そこに酢酸エチル50mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、固体を得た。この固体を酢酸エチル10mlに溶解し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(カラム:シリカゲル60 0.063-0.200mm メルク製、溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1)により精製した。ここで得られた溶液から溶媒を留去して、白色の固体を2.8g得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM16)であることが確認された。収率は43%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H),4.20 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.65(s, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H) , 7.66 (d, 1H).
In a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 4.7 g (20.0 mmol) of the compound (RM16-A) obtained above, 3.6 g (20.0 mmol) of 4-methoxycinnamic acid, 5.1 g of potassium carbonate (40 0.0 mmol), and 50 ml of N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF) were added to form a mixture, which was reacted at 110 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was mixed with 200 ml of pure water, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added thereto for extraction. Extraction was performed three times. The organic layer after extraction was dried by adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain a solid. This solid was dissolved in 10 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm, manufactured by Merck, eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent was distilled off from the solution obtained here to obtain 2.8 g of a white solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this solid was a polymerizable compound (RM16) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 43%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 (重合性化合物(RM17)の合成)
 冷却管付き200mlナスフラスコに、4-ブロモブチル-1,3-ジオキソラン 9.4g(45.0mmol)、トランス-4-フェニルけい皮酸10.0g(45.0mmol)、炭酸カリウム12.0g(90.0mmol)、およびDMF100mlを加えて混合物とし、110℃で48時間撹拌しながら反応させた。反応終了後、純水100mlと混合し、固体を得た。その固体をろ過し、エタノール50ml加えて混合物とし、ろ過した。減圧ろ過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、固体6.2gを得た。この固体のNMR測定結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この固体が、下記反応式に示される化合物(RM17-A)であることが確認された。収率は40%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.55 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 4.85 (m, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H),7.36(m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 6H) , 7.75 (d, 1H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM17))
In a 200 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser tube, 9.4 g (45.0 mmol) of 4-bromobutyl-1,3-dioxolane, 10.0 g (45.0 mmol) of trans-4-phenylcinnamic acid, 12.0 g of potassium carbonate (90 0.0 mmol), and 100 ml of DMF were added to form a mixture, which was reacted at 110 ° C. with stirring for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was mixed with 100 ml of pure water to obtain a solid. The solid was filtered, and 50 ml of ethanol was added to form a mixture, followed by filtration. The solvent was distilled off from the solution after filtration under reduced pressure to obtain 6.2 g of a solid. The NMR measurement result of this solid is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this solid was a compound (RM17-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 40%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 4.85 (m, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 6H), 7.75 (d, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 次に、冷却管付き100mlナスフラスコに、上記で得られた化合物(RM17-A)6.2g(18.0mmol)、2-(ブロモメチル)アクリル酸3.3g(20.0mmol)、10%塩酸水溶液16ml、THF32ml、および塩化スズ(II)3.8g(20.0mmol)を加えて混合物とし、温度70℃で20時間攪拌して反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を純水100mlと混合し、そこにジエチルエーテル50mlを加えて抽出した。抽出は3回行った。 Next, 6.2 g (18.0 mmol) of the compound (RM17-A) obtained above, 3.3 g (20.0 mmol) of 2- (bromomethyl) acrylic acid, 10% hydrochloric acid were placed in a 100 ml eggplant flask equipped with a condenser. An aqueous solution (16 ml), THF (32 ml), and tin (II) chloride (3.8 g, 20.0 mmol) were added to form a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 20 hours to be reacted. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was mixed with 100 ml of pure water, and extracted with 50 ml of diethyl ether. Extraction was performed three times.
 抽出後の有機層に、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて乾燥し、減圧濾過した後の溶液から溶媒を留去し、再結晶(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル、2/1)を行い、固体3.6gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM17)であることが確認された。収率は53%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.68 (m, 6H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.64(s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H),7.36(m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 6H) , 7.75 (d, 1H).
To the organic layer after extraction, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added and dried, followed by filtration under reduced pressure. The solvent was removed from the solution, and recrystallization (hexane / ethyl acetate, 2/1) was performed to obtain 3.6 g of a solid. It was. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this solid was a polymerizable compound (RM17) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 53%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.68 (m, 6H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 6H), 7.75 (d, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 (重合性化合物(RM18)の合成)
 上記方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)7.6g(25.0mmol)、エチル4-ヒドロキシシナメート4.8g(25.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.1g、および少量のBHTを室温にて攪拌下、塩化メチレン100mlに懸濁させ、それにジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)6.7g(32mmol)を溶解させた溶液を加えて終夜攪拌した。析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、0.5N-HCl 50ml、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液50ml、飽和食塩水100mlにて順次2回ずつ洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、減圧下で溶媒を留去して、黄色固体を得た。この固体をエタノールを用いた再結晶により精製し、白色の固体7.1gを得た。この固体をNMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。この結果から、この白色の固体が、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM18)であることを確認した。収率は59%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.35 (t,3H),1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 4.05(t, 2H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.55(m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 2H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM18))
7.6 g (25.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained by the above method, 4.8 g (25.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxycinnamate, N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0 0.1 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 100 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, and a solution in which 6.7 g (32 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved was added thereto and stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5N-HCl (50 ml), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 ml) and saturated brine (100 ml) successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure. The solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was purified by recrystallization using ethanol to obtain 7.1 g of a white solid. The result of having measured this solid by NMR is shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that this white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM18) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 59%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.35 (t, 3H), 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.25 (m, 2H) , 4.55 (m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 2H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 (重合性化合物(RM19)の合成)
 上記方法で得られた化合物(RM6-D)7.3g(24.0mmol)、メチル4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシシナメート5.0g(24.0mmol)、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン(DMAP)0.1g、および少量のBHTを室温にて攪拌下、塩化メチレン100mlに懸濁させ、それにジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)6.4g(31.0mmol)を溶解させた溶液を加えて終夜攪拌した。析出したDCCウレアをろ別し、そのろ液を、0.5N-HCl 100ml、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液100ml、飽和食塩水150mlにて順次2回ずつ洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、減圧下で溶媒を留去して、黄色固体を得た。この固体を再結晶(エタノール)で精製して、下記反応式に示される重合性化合物(RM19)を6.1g得た。NMRで測定した結果を以下に示す。また、収率は51%であった。
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ:1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 6H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.55(m, 1H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 8.18 (d, 2H).
(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM19))
7.3 g (24.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained by the above method, 5.0 g (24.0 mmol) of methyl 4-hydroxy-3-methoxycinnamate, N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0.1 g and a small amount of BHT were suspended in 100 ml of methylene chloride under stirring at room temperature, and a solution in which 6.4 g (31.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved was added thereto and stirred overnight. did. The precipitated DCC urea was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed twice with 100 ml of 0.5N HCl, 100 ml of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and 150 ml of saturated brine successively, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then under reduced pressure. The solvent was distilled off to obtain a yellow solid. This solid was purified by recrystallization (ethanol) to obtain 6.1 g of a polymerizable compound (RM19) represented by the following reaction formula. The result measured by NMR is shown below. The yield was 51%.
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 6H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H) , 5.62 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 8.18 (d, 2H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 (重合性化合物(RM20))
 公知の下記式で表される重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(RM20)とした。
(Polymerizable compound (RM20))
A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM20).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 (重合性化合物(RM21))
 公知の下記式で表される重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(RM21)とした。
(Polymerizable compound (RM21))
A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 (重合性化合物(RM22))
 公知の下記式で表される重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(RM22)とした。
(Polymerizable compound (RM22))
A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM22).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 (重合性化合物(RM23))
 公知の下記式で表される重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(RM23)とした。
(Polymerizable compound (RM23))
A known polymerizable compound represented by the following formula was designated as a polymerizable compound (RM23).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 <液晶配向剤の調製>
 下記液晶配向剤の調製で用いた略号は以下のとおりである。
BODA:ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物
CBDA:1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物
TCA:下記式で表される2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸―1,4:2,3-二無水物
<Preparation of liquid crystal aligning agent>
The abbreviations used in the preparation of the following liquid crystal aligning agents are as follows.
BODA: bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride CBDA: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride TCA: represented by the following formula 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid-1,4: 2,3-dianhydride
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
m-PDA:m-フェニレンジアミン
p-PDA:p-フェニレンジアミン
PCH:1,3-ジアミノ-4-[4-(4-ヘプチルシクロヘキシル)フェノキシ]ベンゼン
DA-1:下記式で表される2-(メタクリロイロキシ)エチル 3,5-ジアミノベンゾエート
m-PDA: m-phenylenediamine p-PDA: p-phenylenediamine PCH: 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (4-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene DA-1: 2-represented by the following formula (Methacryloyloxy) ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
DA-2:下記式で表わされるN,N-ジアリルベンゼンー1,2,4-トリアミン DA-2: N 1 , N 1 -diallylbenzene-1,2,4-triamine represented by the following formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
DA-3:下記式で表される3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル DA-3: Cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate represented by the following formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
BCS:ブチルセロソルブ
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS: Butyl cellosolve
 また、ポリイミドの分子量測定条件は、以下の通りである。
装置:センシュー科学社製 常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(SSC-7200)、
カラム:Shodex社製カラム(KD-803、KD-805)
カラム温度:50℃
溶離液:N,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・HO)が30mmol/L、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10ml/L)
流速:1.0ml/分
検量線作成用標準サンプル:東ソー社製 TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量約900,000、150,000、100,000、30,000)、および、ポリマーラボラトリー社製 ポリエチレングリコール(分子量 約12,000、4,000、1,000)。
Moreover, the molecular weight measurement conditions of polyimide are as follows.
Apparatus: Room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (SSC-7200) manufactured by Senshu Scientific Co., Ltd.
Column: Column made by Shodex (KD-803, KD-805)
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: N, N′-dimethylformamide (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) is 30 mmol / L, phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) is 30 mmol / L, Tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10ml / L)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min. Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight of about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, 30,000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and polyethylene glycol (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Molecular weight about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000).
 また、ポリイミドのイミド化率は次のようにして測定した。ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMRサンプル管(草野科学社製 NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード φ5)に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d、0.05%TMS混合品)1.0mlを添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液を日本電子データム社製NMR測定器(JNW-ECA500)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5~10.0ppm付近に現れるアミック酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。なお下記式において、xはアミック酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミック酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミック酸のNH基のプロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
 イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
Moreover, the imidation ratio of polyimide was measured as follows. Add 20 mg of polyimide powder to an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard φ5 by Kusano Kagaku Co., Ltd.), add 1.0 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 , 0.05% TMS mixture), and apply ultrasonic waves. To dissolve completely. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum. The imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid appearing in the vicinity of 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It calculated | required by the following formula | equation using the integrated value. In the following formula, x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid, y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton, and α is the proton of the NH group of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%). This is the ratio of the number of reference protons to one.
Imidization rate (%) = (1−α · x / y) × 100
 (実施例1)
 BODA(6.01g、24.0mmol)、p-PDA(2.60g、24.0mmol)、PCH(6.85g、18.0mmol)、DA-1(4.76g、18.0mmol)をNMP(81.5g)中で溶解し、80℃で5時間反応させたのち、CBDA(6.94g、35.4mmol)とNMP(27.2g)を加え、40℃で10時間反応させポリアミック酸溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液(135g)にNMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(18.3g)、およびピリジン(23.6g)を加え、50℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(1700ml)に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(A)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は60%であり、数平均分子量は12000、重量平均分子量は39000であった。
Example 1
BODA (6.01 g, 24.0 mmol), p-PDA (2.60 g, 24.0 mmol), PCH (6.85 g, 18.0 mmol), DA-1 (4.76 g, 18.0 mmol) were added to NMP ( 81.5 g), and after reacting at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, CBDA (6.94 g, 35.4 mmol) and NMP (27.2 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. Obtained. After adding NMP to this polyamic acid solution (135 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (18.3 g) and pyridine (23.6 g) were added as imidization catalysts, and the mixture was reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. This reaction solution was poured into methanol (1700 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (A). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 60%, the number average molecular weight was 12000, and the weight average molecular weight was 39000.
 得られたポリイミド粉末(A)(6.0g)にNMP(74.0g)を加え、50℃にて12時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液にBCS(20.0g)を加え、50℃にて5時間攪拌することにより液晶配向剤(B)を得た。 NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (A) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours. BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (B) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
 また、上記の液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM1)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B1)を調製した。 Further, 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM1) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. To prepare a liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例2)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM2)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B2)を調製した。
(Example 2)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM2) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B2) was prepared.
 (実施例3)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM3)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B3)を調製した。
(Example 3)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM3) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B3) was prepared.
 (実施例4)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM4)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B4)を調製した。
Example 4
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM4) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B4) was prepared.
 (実施例5)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM5)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B5)を調製した。
(Example 5)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM5) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B5) was prepared.
 (比較例1)
 BODA(4.38g、17.5mmol)、m-PDA(2.65g、24.5mmol)、PCH(4.00g、10.5mmol)、をNMP(42.8g)中で溶解し、80℃で5時間反応させたのち、CBDA(3.22g、16.5mmol)とNMP(14.2g)を加え、40℃で10時間反応させポリアミック酸溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液(70.0g)にNMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(17.6g)、およびピリジン(5.44g)を加え、100℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(900ml)に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(C)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は73%であり、数平均分子量は15000、重量平均分子量は47000であった。
(Comparative Example 1)
BODA (4.38 g, 17.5 mmol), m-PDA (2.65 g, 24.5 mmol), PCH (4.00 g, 10.5 mmol) were dissolved in NMP (42.8 g) at 80 ° C. After reacting for 5 hours, CBDA (3.22 g, 16.5 mmol) and NMP (14.2 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. After adding NMP to this polyamic acid solution (70.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (17.6 g) and pyridine (5.44 g) were added as an imidization catalyst and reacted at 100 ° C. for 3 hours. It was. This reaction solution was poured into methanol (900 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (C). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 73%, the number average molecular weight was 15000 and the weight average molecular weight was 47000.
 得られたポリイミド粉末(C)(6.0g)にNMP(74.0g)を加え、50℃にて12時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液にBCS(20.0g)を加え、50℃にて5時間攪拌することによりポリイミド溶液(D)を得た。 NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (C) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours. BCS (20.0 g) was added to this solution, and the polyimide solution (D) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
 また、ポリイミド溶液(D)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM2)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(D1)を調製した。 Further, 0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM2) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the polyimide solution (D), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring for 3 hours at room temperature. A liquid crystal aligning agent (D1) was prepared.
 <液晶セルの作製>
 (実施例6)
 実施例1で得られた液晶配向剤(B1)を用いて下記に示すような手順で液晶セルの作製を行った。実施例1で得られた液晶配向剤(B1)を、画素サイズが100μm×300μmでライン/スペースがそれぞれ5μmのITO電極パターンが形成されているITO電極基板のITO面にスピンコートし、80℃のホットプレートで90秒間乾燥した後、200℃の熱風循環式オーブンで30分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。
<Production of liquid crystal cell>
(Example 6)
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1) obtained in Example 1, a liquid crystal cell was prepared according to the procedure shown below. The liquid crystal aligning agent (B1) obtained in Example 1 was spin-coated on the ITO surface of an ITO electrode substrate on which an ITO electrode pattern having a pixel size of 100 μm × 300 μm and a line / space of 5 μm was formed, After drying for 90 seconds on this hot plate, baking was performed in a hot air circulation oven at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 100 nm.
 また、液晶配向剤(B1)を電極パターンが形成されていないITO面にスピンコートし、80℃のホットプレートで90秒乾燥させた後、200℃の熱風循環式オーブンで30分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。 Moreover, after spin-coating the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1) on the ITO surface in which the electrode pattern is not formed and drying for 90 seconds on a hot plate at 80 ° C., baking is performed in a hot air circulation oven at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes, A liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 100 nm was formed.
 上記の2枚の基板について一方の基板の液晶配向膜上に6μmのビーズスペーサーを散布した後、その上からシール剤(溶剤型熱硬化タイプのエポキシ樹脂)を印刷した。次いで、もう一方の基板の液晶配向膜が形成された側の面を内側にして、先の基板と貼り合せた後、シール剤を硬化させて空セルを作製した。この空セルに液晶MLC-6608(メルク社製商品名)を減圧注入法によって注入し、120℃のオーブン中でIsotropic処理(加熱による液晶の再配向処理)を行い液晶セルを作製した。 After spraying a 6 μm bead spacer on the liquid crystal alignment film of one of the two substrates, a sealant (solvent type thermosetting epoxy resin) was printed thereon. Next, the surface of the other substrate on which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed was faced inward and bonded to the previous substrate, and then the sealing agent was cured to produce an empty cell. Liquid crystal MLC-6608 (trade name, manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected into the empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and was subjected to Isotropic treatment (realignment treatment of liquid crystal by heating) in an oven at 120 ° C. to produce a liquid crystal cell.
 得られた液晶セルの作製直後の応答速度を、下記方法により測定した。その後、この液晶セルに20Vp-pの電圧を印加した状態で、この液晶セルの外側から313nmのバンドパスフィルターを通したUVを20J照射した。その後、再び応答速度を測定し、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。液晶セルの作製直後(初期)、及び、UVを20J照射した後(UV20J後)の応答速度の結果を表2に示す。 The response speed immediately after production of the obtained liquid crystal cell was measured by the following method. After that, with a voltage of 20 Vp-p applied to the liquid crystal cell, 20 J UV irradiation through a 313 nm band pass filter was applied from the outside of the liquid crystal cell. Thereafter, the response speed was measured again, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. Table 2 shows the results of the response speed immediately after the production of the liquid crystal cell (initial stage) and after UV irradiation with 20 J (after UV 20 J).
「応答速度の測定方法」
 まず、バックライト、クロスニコルの状態にした一組の偏光版、光量検出器の順で構成される測定装置において、一組の偏光版の間に液晶セルを配置した。このときライン/スペースが形成されているITO電極のパターンがクロスニコルに対して45°の角度になるようにした。そして、上記の液晶セルに電圧±4V、周波数1kHzの矩形波を印加し、光量検出器によって観測される輝度が飽和するまでの変化をオシロスコープにて取り込み、電圧を印加していない時の輝度を0%、±4Vの電圧を印加し、飽和した輝度の値を100%として、輝度が10%から90%まで変化するのにかかる時間を応答速度とした。
"Response speed measurement method"
First, a liquid crystal cell was arranged between a pair of polarizing plates in a measuring device configured in the order of a backlight, a set of polarizing plates in a crossed Nicol state, and a light amount detector. At this time, the ITO electrode pattern in which the line / space was formed was at an angle of 45 ° with respect to the crossed Nicols. Then, a rectangular wave with a voltage of ± 4 V and a frequency of 1 kHz is applied to the liquid crystal cell, and the change until the luminance observed by the light quantity detector is saturated is captured by an oscilloscope, and the luminance when no voltage is applied is obtained. A voltage of 0% and ± 4 V was applied, the saturated luminance value was set to 100%, and the time taken for the luminance to change from 10% to 90% was defined as the response speed.
 (実施例7)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 7)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
 (実施例8)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B2)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 8)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例9)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は実施例8と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
Example 9
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 8 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
 (実施例10)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B3)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 10)
The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B3) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (実施例11)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は実施例10と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 11)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 10 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
 (実施例12)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B4)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 12)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B4) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例13)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は実施例12と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 13)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 12 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
 (実施例14)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B5)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 14)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B5) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例15)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は実施例14と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 15)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Example 14 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
 (比較例2)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Comparative Example 2)
Except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared.
 (比較例3)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は比較例2と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Comparative Example 3)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Comparative Example 2 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
 (比較例4)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(D1)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Comparative Example 4)
The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (D1) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (比較例5)
 焼成温度を200℃から140℃へ変更した以外は比較例4と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Comparative Example 5)
Except for changing the firing temperature from 200 ° C. to 140 ° C., the same operation as in Comparative Example 4 was performed to compare the response speed before and after UV irradiation.
 この結果、表2に示すように、メタクリル基を含む光反応性の側鎖及び液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有する重合体(ポリイミド)と重合性化合物を含有する液晶配向剤を用いた実施例6~15は、重合性化合物を含有するが光反応性の側鎖を有する重合体を含有しない液晶配向剤を用いた比較例4及び5や、メタクリル基を含む光反応性の側鎖及び液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有する重合体(ポリイミド)を含有するが重合性化合物を添加していない液晶配向剤Bを用いた比較例2及び3と比較して、紫外線照射前後の応答速度の向上率が、顕著に高かった。 As a result, as shown in Table 2, a polymer (polyimide) having a photoreactive side chain containing a methacrylic group and a side chain for vertically aligning the liquid crystal and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound were used. Examples 6 to 15 are Comparative Examples 4 and 5 using a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound but not containing a polymer having a photoreactive side chain, a photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group and Compared with Comparative Examples 2 and 3 using a liquid crystal aligning agent B containing a polymer (polyimide) having a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystal but not adding a polymerizable compound, response speed before and after UV irradiation The improvement rate was significantly higher.
 したがって、メタクリル基を含む光反応性の側鎖及び液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有する重合体と重合性化合物とを併用した液晶配向剤とすることで、それぞれ単独で用いるよりも、応答速度を劇的に向上させることができ、少ない重合性化合物の添加量でも応答速度を十分に向上できることが確認された。 Accordingly, by using a liquid crystal aligning agent in which a polymer having a photoreactive side chain containing a methacrylic group and a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound is used, the response speed is higher than using each independently. It has been confirmed that the response speed can be improved drastically and the response speed can be sufficiently improved even with a small amount of the polymerizable compound added.
 また、両末端に重合性基であるα-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン基を有する重合性化合物を含有する液晶配向剤を用いた実施例6~11や、両末端にメタクリレート基を有しこのメタクリレート基がオキシアルキレン基を介してフェニレン基と結合している構造を有する重合性化合物を含有する液晶配向剤を用いた実施例12~13では、焼成温度が低い場合(140℃)も高い場合(200℃)も応答速度が劇的に向上していた。 Further, Examples 6 to 11 using a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound having an α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone group which is a polymerizable group at both ends, and this methacrylate group having a methacrylate group at both ends. In Examples 12 to 13 using a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound having a structure in which is bonded to a phenylene group through an oxyalkylene group, the firing temperature is low (140 ° C.) or high (200 ° C.). (C) also dramatically improved the response speed.
 一方、メタクリレート基を有しこのメタクリレート基が直接フェニレン基と結合している構造を有する液晶配向剤を用いた実施例14~15では、200℃で焼成した場合は応答速度の向上率が140℃で焼成した場合よりも低かった。この実施例14~15で用いた重合性化合物と重合基のみが異なる重合性化合物を用いた実施例6~7では、焼成温度依存性はほとんど確認されなかったことから、メタアクリル基が結合する炭素原子がsp混成軌道をとることで重合性化合物の熱安定性が向上し応答速度向上率の焼成温度依存性が少なくなったと推測される。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 to 15 using the liquid crystal aligning agent having a methacrylate group and a structure in which the methacrylate group is directly bonded to the phenylene group, the improvement rate of the response speed is 140 ° C. when baked at 200 ° C. It was lower than the case of firing with In Examples 6 to 7 using a polymerizable compound that differs from the polymerizable compound used in Examples 14 to 15 only in the polymerization group, the firing temperature dependency was hardly confirmed, and thus the methacryl group was bonded. It is presumed that the thermal stability of the polymerizable compound is improved when the carbon atom takes the sp 3 hybrid orbital, and the dependency of the response speed improvement rate on the firing temperature is reduced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
 (実施例16)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM6)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B6)を調製した。
(Example 16)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM6) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B6) was prepared.
 (実施例17)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM7)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B7)を調製した。
(Example 17)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM7) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B7) was prepared.
 (実施例18)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM8)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B8)を調製した。
(Example 18)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM8) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B8) was prepared.
 (実施例19)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM9)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B9)を調製した。
(Example 19)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM9) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B9) was prepared.
 (実施例20)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM10)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B10)を調製した。
(Example 20)
0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM10) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B10) was prepared.
 (実施例21)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM11)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B11)を調製した。
(Example 21)
0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM11) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B11) was prepared.
 (実施例22)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM12)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B12)を調製した。
(Example 22)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM12) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B12) was prepared.
 (実施例23)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM13)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B13)を調製した。
(Example 23)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM13) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B13) was prepared.
 (実施例24)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM14)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B14)を調製した。
(Example 24)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM14) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B14) was prepared.
 (実施例25)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM15)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B15)を調製した。
(Example 25)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM15) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B15) was prepared.
 (実施例26)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM16)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B16)を調製した。
(Example 26)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM16) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B16) was prepared.
 (実施例27)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM17)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B17)を調製した。
(Example 27)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM17) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B17) was prepared.
 (実施例28)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM18)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B18)を調製した。
(Example 28)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM18) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B18) was prepared.
 (実施例29)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM19)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B19)を調製した。
(Example 29)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM19) obtained above is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture is dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B19) was prepared.
 (実施例30)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM20)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B20)を調製した。
(Example 30)
0.06 g (10% by mass based on the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM20) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B20) was prepared.
 (実施例31)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM21)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B21)を調製した。
(Example 31)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM21) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B21) was prepared.
 (実施例32)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM22)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B22)を調製した。
(Example 32)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM22) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B22) was prepared.
 (実施例33)
 液晶配向剤(B)10.0gに対して上記で得られた重合性化合物(RM23)を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向剤(B23)を調製した。
(Example 33)
0.06 g (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM23) obtained above was added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. A liquid crystal aligning agent (B23) was prepared.
 (実施例34)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B6)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 34)
The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B6) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (実施例35)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B7)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 35)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B7) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例36)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B8)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 36)
The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B8) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (実施例37)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B9)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 37)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B9) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例38)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B10)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 38)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B10) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例39)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B11)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 39)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B11) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例40)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B12)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 40)
Except for using the liquid crystal aligning agent (B12) instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), the same operation as in Example 6 was performed, and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (実施例41)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B13)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 41)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B13) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例42)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B14)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 42)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B14) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例43)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B15)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 43)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B15) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例44)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B16)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 44)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B16) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例45)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B17)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 45)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B17) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例46)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B18)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 46)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B18) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例47)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B19)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 47)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B19) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例48)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B20)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 48)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B20) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例49)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B21)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 49)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B21) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例50)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B22)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 50)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B22) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例51)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(B23)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 51)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (B23) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例52)
 TCA(3.36g、15.0mmol)、p-PDA(1.30g、12.0mmol)、DA-3(3.14g、6.0mmol)、DA-1(3.17g、12.0mmol)をNMP(41.6g)中で混合し、60℃で5時間反応させたのち、CBDA(2.88g、14.7mmol)とNMP(13.9g)を加え、40℃で10時間反応させポリアミック酸溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液(68g)にNMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(6.0g)、およびピリジン(11.7g)を加え、50℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(850ml)に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(E)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は50%であり、数平均分子量は18000、重量平均分子量は58000であった。
(Example 52)
TCA (3.36 g, 15.0 mmol), p-PDA (1.30 g, 12.0 mmol), DA-3 (3.14 g, 6.0 mmol), DA-1 (3.17 g, 12.0 mmol) were added. After mixing in NMP (41.6 g) and reacting at 60 ° C. for 5 hours, CBDA (2.88 g, 14.7 mmol) and NMP (13.9 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to polyamic acid. A solution was obtained. After adding NMP to this polyamic acid solution (68g) and diluting to 6 mass%, acetic anhydride (6.0g) and pyridine (11.7g) were added as an imidation catalyst, and it was made to react at 50 degreeC for 3 hours. This reaction solution was poured into methanol (850 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (E). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 50%, the number average molecular weight was 18000, and the weight average molecular weight was 58,000.
 得られたポリイミド粉末(E)(6.0g)にNMP(74.0g)を加え、50℃にて12時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液にBCS(20.0g)を加え、50℃にて5時間攪拌することにより液晶配向剤(F)を得た。 NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (E) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours. BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (F) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
 また、上記の液晶配向剤(F)10.0gに対してRM2を0.06g(固形分に対して10wt%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌溶解させ、液晶配向剤(F1)を調製した。 Moreover, 0.06g (10 wt% with respect to solid content) of RM2 was added with respect to 10.0g of said liquid crystal aligning agent (F), and it stirred and melt | dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours, and prepared the liquid crystal aligning agent (F1). .
 また、上記の液晶配向剤(F)10.0gに対してRM4を0.06g(固形分に対して10wt%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌溶解させ、液晶配向剤(F2)を調製した。 Moreover, 0.06g (10 wt% with respect to solid content) of RM4 was added with respect to 10.0g of said liquid crystal aligning agent (F), and it stirred and melt | dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours, and prepared the liquid crystal aligning agent (F2). .
 (実施例53)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(F1)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 53)
The same operation as in Example 6 was performed except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (F1) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1), and the response speeds before and after UV irradiation were compared.
 (実施例54)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(F2)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 54)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (F2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 (実施例55)
 BODA(5.00g、20.0mmol)、p-PDA(0.87g、8.0mmol)、PCH(3.04g、8.0mmol)、DA-2(4.88g、24.0mmol)をNMP(52.7g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させたのち、CBDA(3.77g、19.2mmol)とNMP(17.56g)を加え、40℃で10時間反応させポリアミック酸溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液(75g)にNMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(8.7g)、およびピリジン(13.5g)を加え、50℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(950ml)に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(G)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は50%であり、数平均分子量は20000、重量平均分子量は86000であった。
(Example 55)
BODA (5.00 g, 20.0 mmol), p-PDA (0.87 g, 8.0 mmol), PCH (3.04 g, 8.0 mmol), DA-2 (4.88 g, 24.0 mmol) were added to NMP ( 52.7 g), and after reacting at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, CBDA (3.77 g, 19.2 mmol) and NMP (17.56 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. Obtained. After adding NMP to this polyamic acid solution (75g) and diluting to 6 mass%, acetic anhydride (8.7g) and pyridine (13.5g) were added as an imidation catalyst, and it was made to react at 50 degreeC for 3 hours. This reaction solution was poured into methanol (950 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (G). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 50%, the number average molecular weight was 20000, and the weight average molecular weight was 86000.
 得られたポリイミド粉末(G)(6.0g)にNMP(74.0g)を加え、50℃にて12時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液にBCS(20.0g)を加え、50℃にて5時間攪拌することにより液晶配向剤(G1)を得た。 NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimide powder (G) (6.0 g), and the mixture was dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. for 12 hours. BCS (20.0g) was added to this solution, and the liquid crystal aligning agent (G1) was obtained by stirring at 50 degreeC for 5 hours.
 また、上記の液晶配向剤(G1)10.0gに対して重合性化合物RM2を0.06g(固形分に対して10質量%)添加し、室温で3時間攪拌溶解させ、液晶配向剤(G2)を調製した。 Further, 0.06 g of polymerizable compound RM2 (10% by mass with respect to the solid content) is added to 10.0 g of the liquid crystal aligning agent (G1), and the mixture is stirred and dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours. ) Was prepared.
 (実施例56)
 液晶配向剤(B1)のかわりに液晶配向剤(G2)を用いた以外は実施例6と同様の操作を行って、UV照射前後での応答速度を比較した。
(Example 56)
The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared by performing the same operation as in Example 6 except that the liquid crystal aligning agent (G2) was used instead of the liquid crystal aligning agent (B1).
 実施例34~51、53、54及び56の結果を表3に示す。表3に示すように、メタクリル基等を含む光反応性の側鎖及び液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖を有する重合体(ポリイミド)と重合性化合物を含有する液晶配向剤を用いた実施例34~51、53、54及び56は、それぞれ重合性化合物や重合体が異なるが、実施例6~15と同様に、紫外線照射前後の応答速度の向上率が、顕著に高かった。 Table 3 shows the results of Examples 34 to 51, 53, 54, and 56. As shown in Table 3, Example 34 using a polymer (polyimide) having a photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group and the like and a side chain for vertically aligning liquid crystal and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymerizable compound. In 51, 53, 54 and 56, the polymerizable compounds and the polymers are different, but the improvement rate of the response speed before and after UV irradiation was remarkably high as in Examples 6 to 15.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077

Claims (6)

  1.  液晶を垂直に配向させる側鎖と、メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基及びシンナモイル基から選択される少なくとも一種を含む光反応性の側鎖とを有するポリイミド前駆体、及び、このポリイミド前駆体をイミド化して得られるポリイミドから選択される少なくとも一種の重合体と、2つ以上の末端に光重合または光架橋する基をそれぞれ有する重合性化合物と、溶媒とを有することを特徴とする液晶配向剤。 A polyimide precursor having a side chain for vertically aligning a liquid crystal and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from a methacryl group, an acryl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamoyl group, and the polyimide precursor as an imide A liquid crystal aligning agent comprising: at least one polymer selected from polyimides obtained by forming a polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound each having a photopolymerizable or photocrosslinkable group at two or more terminals, and a solvent.
  2.  前記光反応性の側鎖が、下記式(I)から選択される基を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載する液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式中、R11は、Hまたはメチル基である)
    The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein the photoreactive side chain includes a group selected from the following formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Wherein R 11 is H or a methyl group)
  3.  前記光重合または光架橋する基が、下記式(II)から選択されることを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載する液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式中、R12はHまたは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Zは炭素数1~12のアルキル基または炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基によって置換されていてもよい二価の芳香環もしくは複素環であり、Zは炭素数1~12のアルキル基または炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基によって置換されていてもよい一価の芳香環もしくは複素環である。)
    The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the photopolymerizable or photocrosslinking group is selected from the following formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (Wherein R 12 is H or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Z 1 is a divalent alkyl group optionally having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 2 is a monovalent aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  4.  請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載する液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し、焼成して得られることを特徴とする液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3 to a substrate and baking it.
  5.  請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載する液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し焼成して得られた液晶配向膜に接触させて液晶層を設け、この液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して作製された液晶セルを具備することを特徴とする液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal layer is provided in contact with a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3 to a substrate and firing the substrate, and ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer. A liquid crystal display element comprising a liquid crystal cell produced by irradiation.
  6.  請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載する液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し焼成して得られた液晶配向膜に接触させて液晶層を設け、この液晶層に電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して液晶セルを作製することを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法。 A liquid crystal layer is provided in contact with a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3 to a substrate and firing the substrate, and ultraviolet rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer. A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, wherein a liquid crystal cell is produced by irradiation.
PCT/JP2011/065101 2010-06-30 2011-06-30 Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements WO2012002511A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012522704A JP5761532B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2011-06-30 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
CN201180041448.2A CN103080152B (en) 2010-06-30 2011-06-30 The manufacture method of liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal orientation film, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
KR1020137001733A KR101831006B1 (en) 2010-06-30 2011-06-30 Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crysat-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010-150126 2010-06-30
JP2010150126 2010-06-30
JP2011-080763 2011-03-31
JP2011080763 2011-03-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012002511A1 true WO2012002511A1 (en) 2012-01-05

Family

ID=45402214

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/065101 WO2012002511A1 (en) 2010-06-30 2011-06-30 Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5761532B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101831006B1 (en)
CN (1) CN103080152B (en)
TW (1) TWI525085B (en)
WO (1) WO2012002511A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140072730A1 (en) * 2012-09-07 2014-03-13 Lg Chem, Ltd. Photoalignment Polyimide Copolymer and Liquid Crystal Alignment Layer
WO2014185410A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
WO2015050020A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2015-04-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystalline composition, and single-layer-coated horizontally oriented film
JP2015148827A (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-08-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing liquid crystal display device
WO2015129890A1 (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 日産化学工業株式会社 Cured-film-forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
KR20150115858A (en) * 2013-02-01 2015-10-14 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2016002722A1 (en) * 2014-06-30 2016-01-07 日産化学工業株式会社 Alignment material, phase-difference material, and cured film–forming composition
WO2016114312A1 (en) * 2015-01-13 2016-07-21 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for treating tin compound in reaction mixture
WO2017018501A1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN107108540A (en) * 2014-11-04 2017-08-29 日产化学工业株式会社 Butyrolactone compound and manufacture method
CN107108541A (en) * 2014-11-04 2017-08-29 日产化学工业株式会社 The manufacture method of butyrolactone compound
JP2018055133A (en) * 2012-10-05 2018-04-05 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching type liquid crystal display element
US9971202B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2018-05-15 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Alignment layer, liquid crystal display including the same, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display
KR102674352B1 (en) 2015-07-30 2024-06-11 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201534594A (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-09-16 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, manufacturing method for liquid crystal display element, and polymerisable compound
JP6146100B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2017-06-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, retardation film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing retardation film
WO2014030587A1 (en) * 2012-08-21 2014-02-27 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP6460341B2 (en) * 2013-10-07 2019-01-30 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
CN105814478B (en) * 2013-10-07 2019-09-17 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
JPWO2015115588A1 (en) * 2014-01-30 2017-03-23 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
CN106188540B (en) * 2016-07-12 2019-01-22 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Alignment film material and the production method of alignment film, liquid crystal display panel and preparation method thereof
CN110785698B (en) * 2017-06-30 2023-02-21 日产化学株式会社 Method for manufacturing zero-plane anchoring film and liquid crystal display element

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09120069A (en) * 1994-12-26 1997-05-06 Samsung Display Devices Co Ltd Oriented-film formation of liquid crystal display device
JP2004302272A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Hong Kong Univ Of Science & Technology Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film and maleimide compound
JP2009102245A (en) * 2007-10-22 2009-05-14 Adeka Corp Polymerizable compound and polymerizable composition
JP2010031281A (en) * 2002-05-31 2010-02-12 Elsicon Inc Hybrid polymer material for liquid crystal alignment layer
WO2010061490A1 (en) * 2008-11-27 2010-06-03 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display and method for producing the same

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE69806618T2 (en) 1997-09-25 2003-02-27 Rolic Ag Zug PHOTO NETWORKABLE POLYIMIDES
KR100465446B1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2005-01-13 삼성전자주식회사 Photo-induced Alignment Material for liquid crystal alignment film
CN1148608C (en) * 2001-12-14 2004-05-05 中国科学院长春光学精密机械与物理研究所 Preparation method of photo orientated film whose two ends possess photosensitive monomer
JP4175826B2 (en) 2002-04-16 2008-11-05 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP4524458B2 (en) 2002-05-31 2010-08-18 エルシコン・インコーポレーテッド Branched hybrid polymer material for optical alignment layer preparation
EP2070918B1 (en) 2006-10-05 2012-08-29 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Bifunctional polymerizable compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and oriented film
JP5035517B2 (en) 2007-02-16 2012-09-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
US8163199B2 (en) * 2008-06-30 2012-04-24 Chimei Innoloux Corporation Alignment treatment method of substrate for liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09120069A (en) * 1994-12-26 1997-05-06 Samsung Display Devices Co Ltd Oriented-film formation of liquid crystal display device
JP2010031281A (en) * 2002-05-31 2010-02-12 Elsicon Inc Hybrid polymer material for liquid crystal alignment layer
JP2004302272A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Hong Kong Univ Of Science & Technology Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film and maleimide compound
JP2009102245A (en) * 2007-10-22 2009-05-14 Adeka Corp Polymerizable compound and polymerizable composition
WO2010061490A1 (en) * 2008-11-27 2010-06-03 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display and method for producing the same

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015148827A (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-08-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing liquid crystal display device
JP5776908B2 (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-09-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
US9791745B2 (en) * 2012-09-07 2017-10-17 Lg Chem, Ltd. Photoalignment polyimide copolymer and liquid crystal alignment layer
US20140072730A1 (en) * 2012-09-07 2014-03-13 Lg Chem, Ltd. Photoalignment Polyimide Copolymer and Liquid Crystal Alignment Layer
JP2018055133A (en) * 2012-10-05 2018-04-05 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching type liquid crystal display element
KR102170065B1 (en) 2013-02-01 2020-10-26 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20150115858A (en) * 2013-02-01 2015-10-14 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2014185410A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2017-02-23 日産化学工業株式会社 Manufacturing method of substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for lateral electric field driving type liquid crystal display element
WO2014185410A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
JPWO2015050020A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2017-03-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid crystal polymer, liquid crystal composition, and single layer coating type horizontal alignment film
KR102248600B1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2021-05-06 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystalline composition, and single-layer-coated horizontally oriented film
KR20160067875A (en) * 2013-10-04 2016-06-14 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystalline composition, and single-layer-coated horizontally oriented film
WO2015050020A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2015-04-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystalline composition, and single-layer-coated horizontally oriented film
US10100201B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2018-10-16 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Cured film formation composition, orientation material and retardation material
WO2015129890A1 (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 日産化学工業株式会社 Cured-film-forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
WO2016002722A1 (en) * 2014-06-30 2016-01-07 日産化学工業株式会社 Alignment material, phase-difference material, and cured film–forming composition
CN107108541A (en) * 2014-11-04 2017-08-29 日产化学工业株式会社 The manufacture method of butyrolactone compound
CN107108540A (en) * 2014-11-04 2017-08-29 日产化学工业株式会社 Butyrolactone compound and manufacture method
JPWO2016114312A1 (en) * 2015-01-13 2017-10-19 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for treating tin compounds in reaction mixtures
KR20170102483A (en) * 2015-01-13 2017-09-11 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Method for treating tin compound in reaction mixture
WO2016114312A1 (en) * 2015-01-13 2016-07-21 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for treating tin compound in reaction mixture
KR102621938B1 (en) * 2015-01-13 2024-01-05 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Method for treating tin compound in reaction mixture
US9971202B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2018-05-15 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Alignment layer, liquid crystal display including the same, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display
CN107849365A (en) * 2015-07-30 2018-03-27 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal represent element
WO2017018501A1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
US11111387B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2021-09-07 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102674352B1 (en) 2015-07-30 2024-06-11 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2012002511A1 (en) 2013-08-29
TW201219379A (en) 2012-05-16
TWI525085B (en) 2016-03-11
KR20130122931A (en) 2013-11-11
KR101831006B1 (en) 2018-02-21
CN103080152B (en) 2015-08-26
JP5761532B2 (en) 2015-08-12
CN103080152A (en) 2013-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5761532B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6108126B2 (en) Polymerizable compound
JP6172463B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6561833B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5828329B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP5967391B2 (en) Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal display element, and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP6361898B6 (en) Polymerizable compound
JP5975227B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP5975226B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6478052B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element
JP6662306B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
KR20160114645A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2016125871A1 (en) Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal oriented film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201180041448.2

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11800973

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012522704

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20137001733

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11800973

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1